Quarterlytics / Advertising Agencies / Ebiquity

Ebiquity

ebq · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ebq
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Advertising Agencies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Ebiquity
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
E

b

i

q

u

i

t

y

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

0

we are  
ebiquity

Annual report and financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our purpose

Perfecting media investment decisions 
for better business outcomes.

We are world leaders in media investment analysis. 
We harness the power of data to provide independent, 
fact-based advice, enabling brand owners to perfect media 
investment decisions and improve business outcomes.

Our deep and varied specialist media experience helps 
brands to drive efficiency and secure optimal effectiveness 
from their media spend, eliminating wastage and creating 
value. We focus our analysis and advice in five key areas:

1.  Media management;

2.  Media performance;

3.  Marketing effectiveness;

4.  Technology advisory; and

5.  Contract compliance.

Ebiquity is able to provide independent, unbiased advice and 
solutions to brands because we have no commercial interest 
in any part of the supply chain. We offer no media execution 
or trading services, nor do we negotiate with media owners 
or publishers on behalf of our clients.

More than 500 media specialists operate from our 
19 offices worldwide, covering 80% of the global advertising 
market, from Shanghai to Singapore, Sydney to New York, 
Paris to London.

Ebiquity has the most comprehensive, independent view 
of today’s global media market. We analyse US$55 billion of 
media spend from 75 markets annually, including trillions of 
digital media impressions. As a result, more than 70 of the 
world’s top 100 advertisers today choose Ebiquity as their 
trusted media adviser.

Visit us online at  
www.ebiquity.com/about/investors/

Contents

Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

An overview of key actions and events in  
2020 and early 2021, together with our 
priorities as we move forward.

This section provides information on  
how the Company is governed and the 
activities of the Board.

This section includes our financial 
statements, notes and auditors’ report  
for the Group and Company.

2  Highlights

3  At a glance

4  Chair’s statement

54  Board of Directors

77  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

56  Corporate governance at a glance 

78 

Independent auditors’ report

58  Corporate governance report

88  Consolidated income statement

6  Chief Executive Officer’s review

64  Audit & Risk Committee report

89  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

13  Market opportunity

15  Business model

17  Strategy

18  Our work in action

20  Product strategy

22  Operating model

24  Media management

26  Media performance

28  Marketing effectiveness

30  Technology advisory

31  Contract compliance

33  Case studies

36  People

38  Environment

40  Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’)

43  Section 172 statement

46  Financial review

50  Risks

67  Remuneration Committee report

90  Consolidated statement of financial position

74  Directors’ report

91  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

92  Consolidated statement of cash flows

93  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

137  Company statement of financial position

138  Company statement of changes in equity

139  Notes to the Company financial statements

150  Advisers

150  Shareholder information

151  Glossary

152  Alternative performance measures

Environmental, 
social & governance

Our 
strategy

Read more on pages 36 to 45    

Read more on page 17    

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

1

Highlights

£55.9m 

Revenue 
(20192: £68.1m)

£(0.3)m 

Underlying operating  
(loss)/profit1 
(20192: £5.6m)

£(1.3)m 

Underlying (loss)/profit 
before tax1 
(20192: £4.7m)

£7.3m 

Underlying operating  
cash inflow
(2019: £8.9m)

Financial 
highlights

Operational 
highlights

Divisional 
highlights

		 Second half revenue increased by 9% 
from first, although full-year revenue 
fell by 18% compared to 2019

		 Project-related costs also reduced by 27%, 
enabling net revenue margin to rise to 
89% (2019: 87%)

		 Underlying operating costs reduced by 7% 

to £50.0m (2019: £53.7m) 

		 Financial position at 31 December 2020 
remains strong: net bank debt of £7.8m 
(31 December 2019: £5.6m) with cash 
balances of £11.1m and undrawn bank 
facilities of £5.0m

		 Nick Waters, former Executive Chair, 
UK & Ireland, Dentsu Aegis Network 
started as Group Chief Executive Officer 
on 1 July 2020 with the objective to 
simplify, clarify and focus the business 
on a growth trajectory

		 New business wins including Daimler, 

Generali, Perfetti van Melle and Reckitt 

		 Digital Decisions – which monitors 

advertising spend through the digital 
supply chain – acquired in January 2020 
– performing as planned, winning 10 
new clients

Media: media management, media 
performance and contract compliance

		 Revenue of £46.0m (2019: £54.0m), 

reduced by 15%

		 Operating profit of £6.8m (2019: £11.8m), 

reduced by 40%

Analytics and Tech: Advanced Analytics, 
MarTech and AdTech

		 Revenue of £9.9m (2019: £14.1m), 

like-for-like decline of 15%, excluding 
Stratigent

		 Operating loss of £0.7m (2019: profit 

		 New Digital Innovation Centre set up in 

of £1.0m)

order to speed up development of digital 
product suite 

		 Shared service media delivery centre in 
Spain continued to expand and deliver 
operational efficiencies

1.  Underlying operating profit is defined as the operating profit excluding highlighted items. These include share-based 
payments, amortisation of purchased intangibles and non-recurring items. Underlying profit before tax and earnings 
per share are calculated based on the underlying operating profit.

2.  The 2019 financial statements have been restated as set out in note 1 of the Group financial statements. 

This impacted revenue, underlying operating, profit before tax and earnings per share.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

2

Strategic reportAt a glance

One 
Ebiquity

Ebiquity has 19 offices around 
the world, in markets which 
represent 80% of the world’s 
media investments. This means 
that we are best placed to advise 
multinational brand owners.

The Company has more than 
500 media specialists. We have 
the largest pool of dedicated 
media professionals outside 
the agency groups. 

19 offices 
520 employees

    Ebiquity local market presence

    Ebiquity offices

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

3

Strategic reportChair’s statement

In a year that has been dominated by the Covid-19 
pandemic and its unprecedented economic and societal 
impacts, Ebiquity has continued to deliver a high-quality 
service to clients, while ensuring a safe working environment 
for its staff. The impact of Covid-19 on our clients’ activity 
caused a significant revenue decline in our business and led 
to an underlying loss, despite implementing immediate 
cost reduction measures. Against this difficult background, 
the Group has continued to progress through a period of 
transition and concluded the year with strong new 
leadership together with a clear and focused growth 
strategy and enhanced operational structure.

From March 2020, our global teams moved efficiently to 
working from home and I wish to thank them for their 
exceptional resourcefulness and resilience in continuing to 
provide first-class client support under the most challenging 
of conditions. By the end of the financial year, several offices 
including Hamburg, Shanghai, Singapore and Sydney had 
fully or partially re-opened, depending on local regulations. 
We look forward to embracing new ways of working as 
restrictions associated with the pandemic are lifted. 

Ebiquity has continued to deliver a high-quality 
service to clients, while ensuring a safe working 
environment for its staff.

Rob Woodward 
Chair

Importantly, and despite the challenging environment, 
the year continued to be one of significant transition for 
the Group, highlighted by the appointment of Nick Waters 
as CEO in July and the establishment of a strengthened 
and refreshed leadership team. 

Following Nick’s appointment, the Board and 
management launched a thorough operational review 
to refine the Group’s strategy, update market priorities, 
drive revenue growth and improve operating margins. 
In November, we set out this refreshed strategy which aims 
to deliver product solutions for the digital market, develop 
higher value strategic client relationships and improve 
operating efficiencies. 

As part of the extensive review process and to facilitate 
the development of higher value engagement with clients, 
the Group has implemented a new geographically led 
organisational structure, as opposed to its previous 
practice-led format. The new operating model, which took 
effect from January 2021, means that Ebiquity can offer 
harmonised end-to-end client solutions and is better 
placed to identify and take advantage of cross-selling 
opportunities. To measure the delivery of our strategic 
ambition, we will be establishing and reporting against a 
number of broader non-financial KPIs to monitor progress. 

As reported at the interim stage, the Covid-19 pandemic led 
to a significant reduction in global advertising activity and 
spend, especially in the second and third quarters of 2020. 
The downturn in activity varied by sector and geography, 
with the most pronounced impact being seen in the 
automotive, travel, leisure and non-food retail industries. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

4

Strategic reportChair’s statement continued

The Group implemented cost management measures in 
response to maintain liquidity and protect the business 
while also preserving jobs. These included a hiring and pay 
freeze, temporary pay reductions for the Board and some 
senior managers, and the use of government support 
schemes in a number of countries. We also renegotiated 
the covenants on our banking facilities and have deferred 
the payment of dividends until economic and business 
conditions become more certain. As a result, the Group 
has maintained a robust financial position with good 
covenant headroom and low levels of gearing.

The Board acknowledges the increasing focus on 
Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) issues and 
the need for companies to demonstrate how they are 
addressing these important areas. We are at an early stage 
in setting out our ESG agenda and building on our existing 
policies to enhance the role Ebiquity can play in supporting 
our global clients to meet their own targets. We will 
continue to engage with clients and investors on ESG and 
sustainability issues and develop plans for becoming a more 
sustainable business. We will set out our position and report 
our activities in this respect over the course of the next year.

As also anticipated at the interim stage, the second half 
of the year saw an improved performance as Covid-19 
restrictions began to ease in some markets and advertisers 
adjusted to the changed environment. Group revenue 
increased by 9% compared to the first half, driven by a 
return to activity by existing clients together with notable 
new business wins. These included some 20 former clients 
of Accenture following its withdrawal from media audit 
and management services in August 2020. 

The impact of Covid-19 has accelerated the existing shift 
in consumers’ media consumption towards digital channels 
and in their buying behaviour from physical retail to 
e-commerce. As a result, brand owners are even keener 
to ensure that their media investment strategies remain 
effective. This increases their need for informed, expert 
advice based on robust data and rigorous analysis. These 
trends should lead to renewed demand for our portfolio of 
services in 2021 and beyond as advertisers re-set their plans. 

Looking ahead, as the global economy begins to recover 
from the pandemic, we are confident that Ebiquity’s new 
strategic focus, together with its strong market position 
and solid financial platform, make it well-positioned to 
achieve its growth ambitions and deliver sustainable, 
long-term shareholder value. 

Rob Woodward 
Chair

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

5

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review

Ebiquity’s purpose, which underpins our 
strategy, is to remain the world leader 
in media investment analysis.

Nick Waters
Group Chief Executive Officer

Strategic direction
Since my appointment as CEO in July 2020, we have 
undertaken a process to review Ebiquity’s business and 
operations, and to develop our strategic plans with a view 
to returning the business to top line revenue growth and 
operating margin improvement.

The process was approached with the objective to simplify, 
clarify and focus the business. The resulting strategy is one 
of maintaining stability, evolution and change. It was first 
set out publicly at the Capital Markets Day held in 
November 2020. 

Ebiquity’s purpose, which underpins our strategy, is to 
remain the world leader in media investment analysis. 

We harness the power of data to provide independent, 
fact-based advice, enabling brand owners to perfect 
media investment decisions and improve business 
outcomes. Our aim is to be a data-driven solutions 
company helping brand owners drive efficiency and 
effectiveness from their media spend, eliminating 
wastage and creating value. 

In order to maintain momentum and ensure we deliver on 
our strategic targets, we will be establishing and reporting 
on a number of broader non-financial KPIs in future results 
statements as noted opposite. These measurements are 
tailored to our new operating model and specifically to 
driving digital growth and integration, cross-selling and 
high-value client development.

KPIs

		 Number of clients buying two or 

more service lines

		 Number of clients buying one 

or more products from the new 
digital portfolio

		 Volume of digital advertising 

monitored – number of impressions

		 Volume of digital advertising 
monitored – US$ of spend

		 Number of countries served with 

new digital products

		 % of revenue from digital services

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

6

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Strategic direction continued
Ebiquity is able to provide independent, unbiased advice and 
solutions to brands because it has no commercial interest in 
any part of the media supply chain. Our independence is 
recognised and highly valued by our clients, which include 
the world’s leading advertisers. 

The global media advertising market is large scale with 
over US$500 billion traded annually and with significant 
complexity for brand owners. Ebiquity’s focus is in the 
media market, advising brand marketers how to navigate 
the market’s complexity and to improve media investment 
decisions for better business outcomes. 

Digital channels are the growth drivers of the media 
investment business, now accounting for more than 
50% of all advertising spend. 70% of digital advertising 
(excluding search) is now traded programmatically. 
The impact of Covid-19 has been to accelerate existing 
market trends with consumers increasing the amount 
of time and activity online for shopping, working and 
entertainment. However, the digital and programmatic 
landscape has given rise to many well documented 
challenges for advertisers with brand safety, viewability, 
fraud, wastage, lack of transparency, attribution, efficiency 
and effectiveness all topics of frequent industry debate. 
As advertisers grapple with these challenges there is a 
need for high quality, independent advice, based on 
empirical evidence. 

Digital initiatives/development
Digital Decisions, which was acquired as an early stage 
business in January 2020, has bolstered the Group’s 
capabilities in investment analysis of digital media. 
Its Source Data Monitoring (‘SDM’) service provides brand 
owners with much needed visibility into the distribution of 
their digital advertising investment through their global 
media supply chains, down to individual websites. 
It is demonstrating significant value to users, regularly 
identifying how up to 30% of their digital advertising spend 
is being wasted and enabling them to course-correct and 
optimise for greater efficiency and effectiveness. 

Digital Decisions has performed as expected and won 
contracts with existing Ebiquity clients (including Huawei, 
Mars and Nestlé) – demonstrating the potential to 
cross-sell into our existing client base – as well as other 
major brands, including Heineken and Reckitt. At the 
end of December 2020 10 clients were live on the SDM 
platform, with some US$500 million of digital media spend 
being tracked and optimised, and we are now on-boarding 
clients at an increasing rate. 

5 awards

Our Analytics practice won five 
awards at the IPA Effectiveness 
Awards for clients including 
Direct Line Group, Lidl, Weetabix 
and Taylors of Harrogate.

1% revenue 
from core 
Group clients

The Company appointed a small 
group of client partners

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

7

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Strategic direction continued
Digital initiatives/development continued
To help develop and drive the product roadmap for our 
entire global business, Ruben Schreurs, the founder CEO 
of Digital Decisions, has been appointed to the new role 
of Group Chief Product Officer. 

We are focusing efforts on building out the SDM platform, 
having proved its scalability. We also aim to make the 
Digital Decisions data services model a core building block 
for Ebiquity’s enhanced digital media measurement service. 
This is being developed to meet clients’ requests for a more 
comprehensive offering covering all aspects of digital 
media, including paid search and social media. 

As part of this strategy, Digital Decisions has now been 
fully integrated into the Group and re-branded as the 
Digital Innovation Centre, launched publicly in February 2021 
with a remit to develop new data-led productised service 
solutions. This dedicated central unit will develop, maintain, 
and deliver digital solutions for Ebiquity’s global clients. 
Building on the existing Media Data Vault architecture, 
the Group’s new product initiatives include governance 
monitoring, commitments and productivity tracking, 
digital cost benchmarking, and digital media reviews.

Organisational structure
Ebiquity has demonstrated its ability to grow revenue when 
putting strategic focus on a core group of clients. To drive 
further development of this successful approach, Mark Gay, 
one of our senior client partners, has been appointed to the 
new role of Chief Client Officer. Under his remit and with 
enhanced Client Partner teams covering a larger proportion 
of our major clients across the network, we aim to grow 
further the number of higher value clients buying more 
than one of our services. This initiative includes the recent 
appointment of a former Accenture senior partner to focus 
on major European brand owners. 

We have simplified our organisational structure to be 
able to provide integrated solutions and consultancy 
advice as well as developing higher value client relationships. 
The Group is transitioning from a matrix structure of 
practices and geographies to one that is mainly organised 
and managed on a geographic P&L basis. Our aim is to offer 
our main service lines to clients across the country, regional 
and global business structures. 

We have recently appointed two new regional managing 
directors, with Leela Nair moving up from Southeast Asia 
to lead the Asia Pacific region and Paul Williamson joining 
the Group as MD, North America following senior business 
development, trading and investment, and digital leadership 
roles at Dentsu Aegis and Publicis Groupe. 

As announced at the interim stage, Federica Bowman 
has taken over the leadership of FirmDecisions, our market 
leading contract compliance practice, having successfully 
directed its digital media services. Although FirmDecisions 
was impacted this year by Covid-19 disruptions to its 
traditional physical audit model, it has worked with 
agencies to enable remote audits to be conducted. 
We therefore expect a return to growth in the near term. 

We are a data-driven solutions 
company helping brand owners 
drive efficiency and effectiveness 
from their media spend, eliminating 
wastage and creating value. 

We provide analysis and solutions 
through five service lines: 

		 Media management

		 Media performance

		 Marketing effectiveness

		 Technology advisory

		 Contract compliance

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

8

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Strategic direction continued
Organisational structure continued
A new role of Business Operations Director has 
also been established to develop and execute plans to 
achieve greater operational efficiency in order to enhance 
margins. Its objectives include further automation and 
standardisation of our service delivery processes supported 
by the expansion of the Scaled Delivery Centre established 
in 2019, which is taking on a broader remit as a Media 
Operations Centre. 

To support the Group Chief Executive Officer in executing 
our strategy and delivering our plans, an Executive 
Leadership Team has been established comprising the 
Group’s Chief Financial & Operating, People, Client and 
Product Officers along with the four regional managing 
directors and the CEO of FirmDecisions. 

Ebiquity has a strong track record of publishing high-quality 
analysis and commentary on specific aspects of the global 
media industry. We maintained our position as a thought 
leader during 2020, publishing white papers on ‘The Rise 
and Rise of Influencer Marketing’, ‘Digital Media 
Performance: the Power of Context’, and ‘Deconstructing 
ROI: A New Framework for Driving Marketing Effectiveness 
in the Age of Media Fragmentation’. We also published 
guides designed to respond specifically to the demands of 
a world impacted by Covid-19. These included: ‘The Ebiquity 
Guide to Virtual Pitching’, ‘Advertising Through a Recession’ 
and ‘2021: Emerging Perspectives in a Post Pandemic World’.

With a clear focus on the provision of services in the media 
sector, a refreshed product offering for the digital market, 
and a simplified organisational structure, we believe 
Ebiquity is well placed to capitalise on its strengths.

Performance in the year 
Ebiquity Group’s business performance was materially 
impacted in 2020 by the global Covid-19 pandemic.

Group revenue in the year to 31 December 2020 fell by 18% 
to £55.9 million or 15% on a like-for-like basis, excluding the 
US analytics business, Stratigent, which was wound down 
in September 2019. The revenue decline was clearly due in 
large part to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on our 
clients’ businesses and on their demand for media-related 
services. There was some recovery in the second half of the 
year as business conditions improved, with revenue up 9% 
against the first half. 

The UK and Western European economies were among the 
worst affected by the pandemic. Consequent government 
measures to restrict movement and activities of their 
populations were among the most severe in the world. 
The UK media market was down 39% in Q2 according to 
the World Advertising Research Centre. The Group is heavily 
weighted to these geographies, with some 75% of revenue 
derived from the UK and Continental Europe and was 
therefore relatively more exposed to the downturn in 
these regions. 

Many clients reacted in the first half by cancelling 
or postponing advertising campaigns and the work 
commissioned from Ebiquity. This effect was felt 
most strongly in the automotive, travel, leisure, and 
entertainment sectors. Automotive is Ebiquity’s second 
largest vertical by revenue and so contributed materially to 
the revenue decline. Fast Moving Consumer Goods (‘FMCG’) 
represents the Group’s largest vertical by revenue and – 
with supermarkets declared essential retail by 
governments around the world – was among the least 
affected categories. This provided some cushion for 
Group revenue against declines in other sectors.

As the pandemic developed, the Group made cost 
savings leading to a reduction of 7% in underlying operating 
expenses from the prior year. We prioritised the protection 
of jobs and made use of government payroll support 
schemes in Australia, China, France, UK and USA. We also 
suspended the annual pay review and the Board and senior 
executives took pay reductions for a period. These measures 
contributed to total savings in staff costs of 10% compared 
to 2019, although year-end staff numbers of 522 were just 
1% below those at the 2019 year end. 

Despite the challenges of the year, there were some bright 
spots. Accenture’s exit from the media assurance business 
enabled the Group to win new business among high-quality 
brand owners. These will deliver annualised revenues of 
£5 million, some of which will be fully recognised in 2021. 
Some of this revenue is from existing clients but much is 
from clients new to Ebiquity, such as American Express, 
Daimler and Reckitt. 

The approach of establishing a team of client partners 
to focus on developing relationships and revenue among 
selected high value clients, also continued to prove its worth. 
Despite the challenging environment, we achieved 1% 
revenue growth from this core group of clients, which 
include two from the automotive sector. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

9

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Revenue by segment

Media 

Analytics and Tech 

Group 

Media 
Revenue in the Media segment, which comprises 
media performance, media management and contract 
compliance services, fell by 15% year-on-year. However, 
as anticipated at the interim stage, revenue grew by 10% 
in the second half compared to the first as client activity 
returned to some normality following the initial Covid-19 
pandemic period when many clients had reduced their 
media-related expenditure. There was also a revenue 
benefit in the new business won from former Accenture 
clients following its exit from media performance and 
management services in August 2020. These new contracts 
included several global engagements as well as local work 
in France, Germany, Spain, UK and USA. 

Revenue in the UK & Ireland, our largest Media region, 
fell by 13%, although the group serving large global clients 
experienced higher levels of activity in the second half and 
its revenue fell by only 6%. European revenue reduced by 
15%, with Germany falling by 20% while some markets such 
as Russia and Spain increased or held their revenue static. 
In the USA, which like Germany has a large proportion of 
automotive clients, revenue fell by 23%. Asia Pacific revenue 
decreased by 11% overall, although Singapore increased, 
due to new business wins. 

Our media performance services assist advertisers 
to monitor and evaluate their agencies’ media buying 
performance. We harness the expert knowledge of our 
global network of media specialists, the most extensive 
of its kind, and our access to unique client media spend 
data pools to assess the value for money delivered, 
both in comparison to the market and to the client’s specific 
objectives. This helps brand owners to obtain accountability 
and transparency over the performance of their chosen 
media supply partners, especially given the industry’s 
complex purchasing arrangements. Major clients for this 
area include Ferrero, L’Oréal, General Motors, Jaguar Land 
Rover, Vodafone and VW Group. 

Media management services include advising clients in the 
selection of media agencies and setting of media buying 
objectives as well as in the organisation of media functions. 
We conduct many agency selections at global level and 
within individual markets. However, the number of agency 
reviews was much lower than usual in 2020 as the Covid-19 
pandemic led to advertisers deferring decisions while their 
business and media plans were uncertain. Agency selection 
activity is expected to increase in 2021 as advertisers 
re-evaluate their longer-term media objectives. 
This is already being reflected in the number of new 
media management engagements secured in the 
first quarter of 2021. 

FY20
£m

46.0

9.9

55.9

Revenue

FY19 
£m

54.0

14.1

68.1

Variance

£m

(8.0)

(4.2)

(12.2)

%

(15%)

(30%)

(18%)

During the year, we developed further the functionality 
and use of the key MediaSuite tools used to support further 
process and efficiency improvements. EbiquityConnect™ 
streamlines data ingestion from agencies, many of which 
have given positive feedback following the system’s 
introduction. EbiquitySelect™ supports our agency 
selection work. EbiquitySync™ provides a standardised tool 
for benchmarking paid digital media spend and is now being 
integrated with the recently acquired Digital Decisions 
technology applications. 

Our shared services media delivery centre in Spain, which 
became operational in 2019, doubled the amount of work 
it undertakes for the network from the prior year, 
helping further to reduce media delivery costs. 

Our contract compliance service (trading as ‘FirmDecisions’) 
was impacted by the Covid-19 restrictions to on-site access 
to agencies which delayed a number of audits and its 
revenue fell by 52% compared to 2019. Although the team 
rapidly redesigned its approach to enable remote audits to 
be conducted, it took time to obtain full agency agreement 
to electronic provision of information. Its clients in the 
period included FCA Group, Mondelez and Nike. The new 
CEO‘s focus has been to streamline and automate the audit 
approach and achieve greater scale efficiencies and speed 
of delivery across the global network. These are important 
factors in maintaining FirmDecisions’ position as the global 
leader in its field with increased competition being faced, 
notably from new entrants.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

10

Strategic report 
Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

Analytics and Tech
Analytics and Tech total revenue of £9.9 million (2019: 
£14.1 million) fell by 30% in reported terms but by 21% on 
a like-for-like basis, excluding Stratigent whose operation 
ceased in September 2019. Advanced Analytics, the largest 
element, fell by 10%, AdTech by 29% and Digital Balance 
by 33%.

Our Advanced Analytics practice helps brands to plan and 
optimise their investment in media by applying advanced 
analytical techniques to attribute and forecast the impact 
of marketing investments on business outcomes (eg sales) 
and to optimise these investments. 

With a client base oriented to retail, travel and automotive, 
its revenue was impacted by cancellations and deferrals in 
the first half. However, its offering is well suited to helping 
brands to re-plan their media investment strategy to reflect 
changed conditions and it recovered to an extent in the 
second half in response to these client needs.

Our AdTech practice helps brand owners to address 
the specific challenges of managing digital media and 
automated trading programmes by designing the data and 
technology ecosystem best suited to deliver their marketing 
strategy and optimise their digital media investments. 
Their solutions include the evaluation and planning of 
in-house alternatives and the selection of advertising 
technology partners. 

It has a number of continuous projects for several global 
clients, although delayed purchase approvals by one of 
these impacted its revenue in this period.

The MarTech practice now comprises a single unit, Digital 
Balance, in Australia, following the closure of Stratigent in 
the USA in September 2019. During the year, Digital Balance 
has been more closely integrated with the media practice 
to increase cross-selling of its services. However, although 
it won projects for global clients based in France and 
Germany, demand from its core Australian client base 
was affected by the pandemic.

Operating profit by segment 

Media 

Analytics and Tech

Unallocated costs

Group  

Underlying operating profit

Operating profit margin

FY20
£m

6.8

(0.7)

(6.4)

(0.3)

FY19 
£m

11.2

1.0

(6.6)

5.6

Variance

£m

(4.4)

(1.7)

0.2

(5.9)

%

(39%)

—

3%

—

FY20
%

15%

(7%)

—

(1%)

FY19
%

21%

7%

—

9%

The reduction in operating profitability compared to 2019 largely reflected the revenue performance, despite reductions of £3.8 million achieved in operating expenses. The Media practice 
remained profitable although its margins fell from 21% to 15%. Analytics and Tech moved into a loss of £0.7 million, due largely to the fall in revenue, although it was also impacted by an 
expansion of the staff base in 2019 which had been made in anticipation of expected revenue growth in 2020. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

11

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Covid-19 has had a pronounced effect on consumer 
behaviour, changing their media consumption 
patterns and accelerating the growth in online activity. 
These dynamics are expected to encourage brand owners 
to review their channel and media investment strategies to 
ensure they are effective and deliver return on investment. 
Ebiquity’s data-driven, product solutions strategy means it 
is well-positioned to take advantage of these dynamics 
in response to demand for media investment analysis.

Notwithstanding this broader market uncertainty, 
the Group’s re-defined strategic focus together with 
its strong market position and solid financial platform, 
make it well-positioned to deliver revenue growth and 
a return to profitability in the year ahead.

Nick Waters
Group Chief Executive Officer

25 March 2021

ESG
At Ebiquity, we understand the importance of a clear 
approach to Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) 
matters. We are at an early stage in developing our policies 
and practices and now plan to establish appropriate 
baseline metrics and objectives against which we will 
report in future. We will continue to engage with investors 
and other stakeholders on ESG issues and ensure that the 
Board and management team review ways for Ebiquity 
to progress further towards becoming a more 
sustainable business.

Outlook
Although 2020 was an exceptionally difficult year for many 
businesses, including Ebiquity, the outlook for 2021 is more 
positive, and it is expected to be a year of recovery, albeit 
not immediately to the activity levels of 2019. There are 
early signs of economic activity, including advertising 
expenditure, returning to more normalised levels during 
2021, although this depends on the success of vaccine 
programmes and other measures in continuing to 
reduce the global impact of Covid-19. 

In addition to cautious optimism about market conditions, 
the Group aims to build on the progress seen in the second 
half of 2020. It expects to benefit from the new business 
won over the last year and from re-commissioning of some 
client projects deferred or cancelled in 2020. These factors 
have already led to an encouraging contract pipeline in the 
first quarter. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

12

Strategic reportMarket opportunity

The global media advertising market is large, 
with more than US$500 billion traded 
annually1, of which ~54% is digital media2. 

Ebiquity’s primary target market is the world’s top 100 
advertisers, which account for ~US$115 billion of total 
spend3, of which over US$50 billion is digital investment.

The market is not only scaled but fragmented and complex 
for brand owners to navigate. There are challenges with 
transparency in elements of the supply side, not to mention 
well-documented evidence of considerable fraud and 
wastage through the digital supply chain, together with 
issues of viewability and brand safety. 

There is an over-abundance of agencies, technology 
providers, and intermediaries all seeking to take a slice of 
advertisers’ budgets before their investment ever reaches 
publishers. LUMAscape has identified that there are now 
as many as 8,000 intermediaries between advertisers 
and publishers4. 

Advertising at a crossroads

Consumers

Corporates

Media

Marketers

Agencies

Online –
Covid-19
accelerated

Pressure –
digital
transformation

Online –
data driven,
measureable

Short termism
vs long-term
brand building

Structural
pressures

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

1.  Source: Statista,  

https://bit.ly/3cgpW6L

2.  Source: eMarketer  

https://bit.ly/3sl1S8D
3.  Source: Global Advertising 
Ranking Report from 
COMvergence, 2019 Report 
https://bit.ly/3syXiU
4.  Source LUMAscape  

https://bit.ly/3rhP2qz

13

Strategic reportMarket opportunity continued

This complexity, fragmentation, and lack of visibility through 
the supply chain – combined with an increased tendency of 
brand owners to invest in short-term activation over 
long-term brand building – has led to a steady decline in 
marketing effectiveness in recent years. 

This has been evident in both our own studies and those 
conducted by others, including Les Binet and Peter Field 
for the Institute of Practitioners in Advertising (‘IPA’)1. 

1.  Source: IPA http://bit.ly/2ouoKqt

Ebiquity well‑placed to meet market needs

Media 
management

Media 
performance

Marketing 
effectiveness

Technology 
advisory

Contract 
compliance

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

14

Strategic reportBusiness model

Ebiquity’s purpose is to help brand owners navigate 
this complexity to improve business performance.

Our assets
The Group has six key assets from which to build a stronger business:

The Ebiquity brand
In a market with a trust deficit, the Ebiquity brand is 
respected by both the client and agency communities 
for the quality of its work and the integrity of its people. 
It is recognised as such by external market 
commentators. Mark Ritson – Professor of Marketing 
and columnist at Marketing Week – puts it succinctly: 
“Ebiquity has come to stand for something we rarely 
encounter in media these days: the truth.”

Clients
70 of the world’s top 100 advertisers trust the 
Ebiquity Group to advise them. This gives the Company 
unparalleled knowledge of the media investment 
decisions of the world’s largest brands, the markets in 
which they invest, and the performance of the channels 
within and across which they invest. We have the 
broadest and deepest visibility in the market and 
therefore are best positioned to advise the world’s major 
brand owners. We have the opportunity to extend the 
commercial benefit of these relationships by selling more 
products and services to those who already benefit from 
at least one of our offerings.

Data
The combination of clients and markets gives the 
Company access to large quantities of media data. 
The Group analyses ~US$55 billion of media investments 
each year. In 2020, the Company processed, monitored, 
and optimised hundreds of billions of digital media 
impressions from 50 countries using our Source Data 
Monitoring platform. The more data, the greater 
visibility across the market, the better able we are to 
advise clients.

Geographic distribution
Ebiquity is present in 20 markets globally, representing 
~80% of the world’s media investments. This means that 
we are best placed to advise multinational brand owners.

Independence
Ebiquity is one of very few participants in the media 
market with no vested commercial interests in any part 
of the supply chain. This ensures advertisers can depend 
on our advice being fully objective. Independent, 
impartial, fact-based advice is a rare and highly 
prized commodity in the media market.

Our people
The Company has more than 520 media practitioners 
and consultants. We have the largest pool of dedicated 
media professionals outside the agency groups. There 
is no other player with the same depth and breadth of 
specialist expertise.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

15

Strategic reportBusiness model continued

We harness the power of data to provide independent, 
fact‑based advice, enabling brand owners to perfect media 
investment decisions for better business outcomes.

Key differentiators
The assets detailed give rise to several key differentiators versus our competitors.

Ebiquity is the 
market leader in media 
performance measurement, 
operating in more markets, 
with a wider range of 
clients, and deeper 
data pools.

The Company is the market 
leader in agency selection 
process, managing over 
100 assignments each year.

The Group’s FirmDecisions 
business is the market 
leader in contract 
compliance, auditing 
~US$40 billion worth of 
contract value annually.

The Source Data 
Monitoring product 
managed by Digital 
Decisions ingests and 
manages more digital 
data globally than any 
other independently 
owned product.

Ebiquity is the clear market 
leader in the provision of 
media investment 
analysis services.

The world-class marketing 
effectiveness team uses 
advanced analytics 
to translate the quantities 
of media investment 
analysis into empirical 
evidence for business 
outcomes. No other media 
assurance company has 
this capability.

Strategic focus
Our strategy has three focus areas: 

1 
Clients

2 
Product

3 
Operational efficiency

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

16

Strategic report 
 
 
Strategy

Having established clarity of purpose for the business, our assets, 
and key differentiators, the strategy has three focus areas:

1  
Clients 

2  
Product 

3  
Operational  
efficiency

Although the Group has ~500 clients in total, 
most buy a single product from the Company. 
This may be an annual media benchmarking 
project or a contract compliance audit. 
These relationships can be categorised as 
transactional.

However, the Group has a core group of 
higher-value clients that can be categorised as 
strategic relationships. There is a third universe 
of middle-value clients which have the potential 
for material revenue growth.

The objective is to increase the value of the 
strategic relationships, and to migrate more 
clients up the value curve by selling more 
products and services in more markets, 
with an initial focus on expanding the universe 
of strategic client relationships.

With digital now the dominant segment of 
media investment, we are focusing our strategy 
on new product solutions for the digital market.

The Group aims to improve the operating 
margin by achieving greater operational 
efficiencies.

We are developing a suite of products that 
can help advertisers minimise and ultimately 
eliminate wastage, to reinvest back into the 
business or return to the bottom line. In doing 
so, Ebiquity will migrate from being a 
people-based consultancy to a data-driven 
solutions company.

The Company invested in developing an 
off-shore Scaled Delivery Centre (‘SDC’) in 
mid-2018. In 2020, the Centre provided 29,000 
hours of support to the on-shore business, 
an increase of 113% over 2019. We will continue 
to invest in this area, and the SDC will transition 
into a Media Operations Centre to further scale 
support of the on-shore business.

The Company has developed a suite of 
automation tools to ingest and analyse data 
more efficiently. We will refine these tools for 
further process improvement, increasing 
standardisation and harmonisation of ways 
of working to enable greater automation.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

17

Strategic reportOur work in action

Helping advertisers manage 
media through the pandemic.

Mark Gay 
Chief Client Officer

Advertiser-agency relationships predicated on stability 
and long-term structural inflation in media pricing saw 
the rulebook ripped up. Our experience was that most 
agencies supported their advertiser clients well, but these 
clients still needed guidance, advice, and reassurance to 
ensure they weren’t left behind and exposed in a chaotic, 
rapidly evolving marketplace. 

Specific challenges included:

		 The need to renegotiate scopes of work and fees, while 

at the same time seeking to maintain collaborative future 
working relationships

		 The need to extend existing contracts. For many 

advertisers, running agency pitches in the first quarter 
or two of the pandemic was neither attractive nor viable

		 Fixed price media commitments designed to protect 

against media inflation were no longer fit-for-purpose 
in a market experiencing rapid and deep deflation

		 Savings commitments which did not factor in the 

possibility of deflation, leading to bonus obligations 
created simply because of market trading conditions

		 The diverse nature of media markets means that pricing 

in some responds quickly to supply and demand pressures, 
while others are more protected from market forces

The challenges and value opportunities of different media 
markets was inconsistent. Advertisers needed specific local 
expertise to understand what action they should take to 
mitigate damage specific to their particular situation.

In the wake of a media market severely impacted by 
Covid-19, in 2020 many advertisers faced practical 
challenges related to media planning and buying. 
Every advertiser was disrupted, each one differently, 
depending on their sector and geographical footprint.

For many brands, many aspects of their media became 
suddenly irrelevant or outdated, from agency scopes of 
work to the structure of the agency teams built to service 
their requirements, from remuneration structures to 
contractual pricing guarantees.

Some sectors went dark almost overnight, including travel 
and tourism, entertainment, and much of automotive. 
Some needed to repurpose propositions to reflect the new 
realities of the home-bound consumer experience. Others 
took on new responsibilities to tell customers how they were 
helping keep us safe. For many this meant entirely new or 
greatly modified media requirements, in terms of volume 
of media required and channel selection.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

18

Strategic reportOur work in action continued

Ebiquity clients benefited from our flexible, 
professional, and objective advice.

Ebiquity approach
Because of the close relationships we develop with our 
clients, we quickly identified the impact of Covid-19 and 
different national lockdowns to address the specific 
challenges they faced. Often this meant dropping 
established deliverables and refocusing support to meet 
the immediate, acute need. One size very definitely did 
not fit all.

The types of work we delivered in 2020 (and continue to 
deliver in 2021) include:

		 Scope of work evaluations – helping central client teams 
understand exactly what obligations existed across 
multiple, locally defined scopes of work, to allow for rapid 
and meaningful agency negotiations

		 Risk evaluations of media pricing and remuneration 

structures to identify where advertisers may be exposed 
– and where they may stand to benefit – from unexpected 
changes to media market conditions

		 Benchmarking of agency delivery during the pandemic, 
to give advertisers a clear view of what good looked like 
in this unprecedented marketplace

		 Rapid re‑optimisation of media budgets across channels, 

Typical benefits realised included:

as consumer behaviour (and so media efficacy by channel) 
quickly changed

		 Strategic and tactical support when advertisers decided 
to respond to the pandemic with radical action, such as 
accelerated in-housing programmes

		 Restructuring agency scopes of work to reflect new 
requirements, future-proofed for activation during 
and after the pandemic, developed collaboratively 
with agencies

		 Comprehensive understanding of risk profiles

Insight on local market and sector trends, supplied by 
Ebiquity’s in-market specialist media teams, detailing 
how the pandemic affects each media marketplace

Business impact
Ebiquity clients benefited from our flexible, professional, 
and objective advice as they each looked to mitigate the 
circumstances relating to their specific – and confidential 
– contractual relationships with their media agency 
partners. Advertisers across all sectors, with spends 
totalling more than US$50 billion globally, took advantage 
of our advice to help navigate the complexities of the media 
process in 2020.

		 Re‑negotiation of media buying commitments to reflect 

the market realities of 2020

		 Global brand owners fully informed of specific local 
market challenges, allowing client organisations to 
address market-by-market challenges with cohesive 
strategy

		 Better media investment decisions, enabled through 

the provision of clear management information, relevant 
benchmarks, and expert counsel

The rapid and agile support provided by Ebiquity’s media 
performance experts in the world’s leading advertising 
markets during the extreme turbulence of 2020 makes us 
well-placed to help our clients further as market conditions 
ease and consumer behaviour opens up, as anticipated, 
during 2021.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

19

Strategic report		
Product strategy

We have completed our integration, with the 
Digital Decisions business transitioned to become 
the Digital Innovation Centre of Ebiquity.

We are world leaders in media investment analysis, and 
have a clear plan to operate as a scalable, data-driven 
solutions company.

Ebiquity is a unique business holding unmatched 
relationships with most of the top 100 global advertisers. 
As an independent operator at the centre of the industry, 
we have the capability and responsibility to drive efficiency, 
effectiveness, and principle-driven growth for our clients. 
This is exactly the reason why Digital Decisions sold to 
Ebiquity in early 2020, to integrate our businesses and 
define the next generation of media investment analysis.

Ruben Schreurs
Chief Product Officer

In 2020, we have more than quadrupled revenues of Digital 
Decisions, with much of this growth being a direct result of 
our integration. There is an incredible client demand, yet a 
complete lack of effective competition in the solutions 
industry we are creating and defining. At a Group level we 
will accelerate growth with a radical focus on efficiency and 
client value.

We have completed our integration, with the Digital 
Decisions business transitioned to become the Digital 
Innovation Centre of Ebiquity. This signifies the global rollout 
of our robust Media Data Vault infrastructure, which allows 
us to extract from source, process, and monitor all digital 
media investment data of our clients across the world on a 
structural basis. We are now deploying globally consistent 
and scalable solutions across our network that benefit from 
our data management capabilities.

With digital and performance media 
investments increasing, it is imperative that 
the traditional audit practices are revisited. 
The independence, robustness, and 
coverage of Ebiquity – coupled with Digital 
Decisions – ensures all digital investments 
are held accountable, transparent, direct 
from source, and more importantly 
actionable. This is a perfect combination. 
It ensures our audits are a lot more joined-
up and able to address a larger portion of 
the investments. The integration and launch 
of Ebiquity´s Digital Innovation Centre is 
already in operation and we look forward 
to working with one integrated 
Ebiquity moving forward.
Vinod Subramanian
Global Marketing Procurement Director at Huawei 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

20

Strategic reportProduct strategy continued

We are rolling out our new digital media solutions suite, 
which is designed in a modular way to allow for tailoring 
at scale, based on client needs and the nuances across 
the different markets in which we operate in. We provide 
solutions around monitoring, governance, commitments and 
productivity tracking, digital media deep-dive reviews, and 
forensic specialist solutions to support clients aiming to 
tackle expedited digital transformation-related issues.

We consistently identify significant inefficiencies and 
wastage, realising cost savings of 15-30% for our global 
advertiser clients. This amounts to an immediate 
opportunity across the top 100 global advertisers of 
US$7.5-15 billion in savings that can be reinvested to drive 
better business outcomes. Our strict focus on returns and 
value drivers makes our solutions essential for brands that 
take their media investments seriously.

All of our solutions are built on top of the same Media Data 
Vault infrastructure, allowing our delivery model to be 
largely centralised. This drives scalability, profitability, 
and efficiency across the Group. To date, we have processed 
and  monitored €0.5 billion of digital media investments 
across more than 50 markets, all managed from our central 
Digital Innovation Centre mission control office in the 
Netherlands. We expect our coverage to surpass €5 billion 
in spend across 25 of the largest global advertisers in 2021.

On top of our data management infrastructure, we have 
a robust client delivery interface called the Report Server. 
This allows us to provide live access to data, results, and 
value to our clients in a best-in-class, secure dashboard 
environment. Our solutions are built to scale, meaning new 
clients can be on-boarded and work can be delivered faster, 
with more structure, and more securely.

Ebiquity is defining new standards for media investment 
analysis. We are in the early phase of rapid, scalable, 
sustainable growth as we create and aim to lead this 
new market.

Realising cost 
savings of 
15‑30%

identifying significant 
inefficiencies for our global 
advertiser clients

Processed 
and 
monitored 
€0.5bn

of digital media investments 
across more than 50 markets

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

21

Strategic reportOperating model

The Company will now be organised 
and managed on a geographic basis.

In recent years, the Group has been organised in a vertical 
practice structure with Media, Analytics, and Technology 
practices, each with their own P&L.

Although we will continue to offer our five proven service 
lines, we will, in future, be focusing the structure of the 
business by region, in order to develop higher value, more 
strategic relationships.

Each country and regional manager will have responsibility 
for the P&L in their area and for cross-selling the portfolio 
of Group services.

The Group offers five service lines:

01 
Media  
management 

Advising brand owners 
on the transformation, 
selection, and management 
of media agencies; on 
competitive buying 
objectives, agency 
compensation, and 
performance models; and 
on the organisation of 
media functions.

02
Media  
performance 

Monitoring, measuring, 
and evaluating media 
investment performance 
for greater transparency, 
governance, efficiency, 
and accountability.

03
Marketing 
effectiveness 

04
Technology  
advisory 

05
Contract  
compliance 

Using advanced analytics 
techniques to attribute and 
forecast the impact of 
media and marketing 
investments on business 
outcomes, and to optimise 
these investments.

Helping brands identify, 
design, and implement their 
ideal operating model and 
associated data and 
technology ecosystem, 
across both paid and owned 
communication channels.

Ensuring agencies deliver 
services to brand owners 
as contractually agreed. 
Note: our contract 
compliance business is 
branded FirmDecisions.

In the pages that follow, the global leaders of the five service lines outline the opportunity for Ebiquity in each.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

22

Strategic reportOperating model continued

Geography
As we transition to a regional model from 2021 we will be 
able to focus more effectively on growing the business in 
geographies where we see greater opportunities.

The Group currently generates 75% of its revenue from the 
UK & Ireland and Continental Europe. The media auditing 
niche is long-established and mature in these markets, and 
there is considerable competitive activity.

The USA and Asia Pacific are the world’s largest and second 
largest advertising markets, but contribute just 13% and 
11% of Group revenue respectively. Despite the scale of the 
US market, there is less history of media investment review 
services there compared with Western Europe. However, 
questions around transparency and effectiveness continue 
to grow and the Group sees growth opportunity with the 
right product and service proposition.

Similarly, the penetration of media investment review 
services is much lower in Asia Pacific than in Europe. 
Western-headquartered multinational advertisers 
operating in Asia understand the benefits of 
commissioning media investment review work, but this is 
a new field for the increasing number of large, domestic 
advertisers and Asian-based multinationals. There is a 
market awareness and education job to do, but the 
growth opportunity can be significant.

The Company aims to accelerate growth in both the 
USA and Asia Pacific and to increase share of revenue 
from these markets.

Management
A new organisational structure has been designed to 
facilitate the strategy and a revised management team 
has been appointed to lead execution.

Paul Williamson has been recruited to lead the 
North American business, and Leela Nair promoted 
to lead Asia Pacific.

Mark Gay and Ruben Schreurs have been appointed to 
the roles of Chief Client Officer and Chief Product Officer 
respectively. Federica Bowman has been promoted to lead 
the contract compliance division, FirmDecisions.

These managers join Laetitia Zinetti (Continental Europe), 
Nick Pugh (UK & Ireland), Emma Baillie (Chief People 
Officer), Alan Newman (Chief Financial & Operating 
Officer), and Nick Waters (Group Chief Executive Officer) 
to form the Executive Leadership Team.

Nick Waters
Group Chief Executive Officer 
London

Laetitia Zinetti
Managing Director Continental 
Europe, Paris

Leela Nair
Managing Director Asia Pacific  
Singapore

Nick Pugh
Managing Director UK & Ireland  
London

Paul Williamson
Managing Director North America 
New York

Federica Bowman
CEO FirmDecisions  
London

Ruben Schreurs
Chief Product Officer  
Utrecht

Mark Gay
Group Chief Client Officer  
London

Emma Baillie
Group Chief People Officer  
London

Alan Newman
Chief Financial & Operating Officer  
London

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

23

Strategic reportMedia management

Laetitia Zinetti
Managing Director, Continental Europe

As well as causing widespread disruption and economic 
challenges for companies and consumers alike, the 
pandemic has accelerated both the uptake of e-commerce 
and digital media consumption. The global media market is 
evolving quickly and adjusting to these new norms as they 
are set.

Motivations for conducting agency reviews are also evolving. 
Between 2015 and 2020, pitches were dominated by 
advertisers’ concerns about transparency. Today, however, 
the focus is much more about how agencies can help 
advertisers achieve their business and marketing objectives 
in the face of so much uncertainty. 

There are many areas for advertisers to consider as they 
look to ensure they have the right set-up for their media 
investments. Many are reviewing the way their internal 
operating model is adapting to the evolving media 
landscape and the new context being shaped by Covid-19. 
As a result, many are also rethinking their roster of agencies.

This has led advertisers to seek out:

		 deeper insight into shifting media and consumer trends 

that they can leverage to enhance awareness, 
engagement, and return on investment; and,

		 partners who are able to embrace more flexible ways of 
working so that they can rapidly adapt media plans in 
response to these shifting trends.

With budgets tighter and under ever-closer scrutiny, 
commercial terms are more critical than ever. In negotiations, 
advertisers are looking to reduce expenditure across all 
aspects of marketing investment and yet increase ROI.

Traditional agencies are currently harder hit than pure-play 
digital agencies. Holding companies are merging and 
consolidating agency entities in an attempt to sustain 
competitive advantage, while also improving their data, 
tech, and creative capabilities. 

With advertisers cutting media investment and overall 
compensation, many agencies are struggling to allocate 
the right quality and seniority of talent to their clients.

More than ever, brands need clear understanding of 
the value and role agencies provide. More than ever, 
they need independent advice to help them define and 
meet their needs.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

24

Strategic reportMedia management continued

The opportunity for Ebiquity
2020 was undoubtedly hugely challenging for pitch 
management. Agency pitches ground to a standstill for 
much of Q2, with most of the world in lockdown and 
adapting to working from home. Nevertheless, COMvergence 
has reported that US$20 billion in media spend was reviewed 
globally in 2020, about 30% down on 2019.

More pitches in 2021
Early indications are that there will be significantly more 
pitches this year. Those who paused pitch processes last 
year are looking for a quick resolution. As a result, there is 
now a growing backlog of compensation reviews and 
contracts in need of three or five-yearly assessments. 
Many advertisers are looking to review agency capabilities 
and ensure they’re fit-for-purpose in the post-Covid-19 
marketplace. Advertisers need expert advice to help them 
navigate these reviews. 

Increased complexity
Reviews are also becoming more complex thanks to 
advertisers’ evolving expectations, the number of 
stakeholders involved, the number of markets, and the sheer 
range of different service areas that need to be assessed. 
New topics are emerging, including:

As tech, data, and media continue to converge – and as 
consumer habits continue to change rapidly in response to 
the current climate – success is no longer defined by single 
capabilities. Increasingly, advertisers are choosing their 
agency partners based on how they can combine all of these 
elements to work most effectively as an integrated whole.

		 Overall media operating model, including increasing 

opportunities for in-housing 

		 Outcome‑based remuneration schemes, including for 

digital media investments

		 Talent reviews among a wide variety of channel 

specialists, data and technology, communications, and 
creative teams

		 Data and technology capabilities, especially with more 
brands becoming active in e-commerce in response to 
accelerated consumer uptake

Advertisers need expert advice to help them address these 
issues properly. And with more capabilities to assess in more 
and different ways – all of them delivered virtually, at least 
for now – advertisers need experts to help them choose the 
right outcome for them from live tests, hackathon sessions, 
and innovation days. Choosing the right agency partner has 
never been more demanding or more varied.

Ebiquity manages over a hundred agency pitches each year. 
We add value to the agency selection process by helping 
advertisers refine and optimise the agency selection 
process.

We are well-placed to help advertisers assess and appoint 
the right agency partners. Our expertise in analytics, media, 
and tech – combined with our local-market footprint 
– means we can address all concerns advertisers may have. 
Uniquely, we have both global understanding of the media 
marketplace and dedicated local understanding.

Ebiquity’s strength in the market is also further enhanced 
by our strong relationships with agencies. Our role is to work 
with agencies to ensure that our mutual clients can deliver 
against their business objectives. We engage with agencies 
continuously to better understand their positioning, 
capabilities, and how they deliver for brands.

2021 promises to be a busy year.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

25

Strategic reportMedia performance

Dietmar Kruse
Global Client Partner

The situation in 2020
While media has traditionally been one of the 
fastest-moving, rapidly evolving industries, 2020 ran at 
an even quicker pace, with severe disruption to the sector. 

The pandemic and subsequent lockdowns have led to 
significant changes in media usage across the world and 
media channels. While linear TV had declined for many 
years thanks to digital usage taking an ever-larger share 
of eyeballs, it staged a comeback in 2020. During the first 
lockdown, linear TV usage grew by high double-digit rates 
in many markets as people stayed at home and watched 
more news. Also, digital TV viewing increased strongly, 
with the biggest increase in streaming/subscription 
video-on-demand/OTT viewing, including Netflix, 
Amazon Prime, and the newly launched Disney+ service.

While media usage soared, advertising budgets plunged. 
Advertisers quickly took measures to protect profits and 
cut marketing spend. After 10 years of continuous growth, 
2020 will be the first year when media budgets have 
contracted. Best estimates from eMarketer suggest 
an overall decline of 4.5% in 2020. In those sectors most 
severely and directly affected by Covid-19 including travel, 
cinema, and events – marketers cut budgets completely. 
In others – notably automotive, with consumers nervous 
about investing in big-ticket items – there was an initial 
pause, and budgets failed to reach the levels of previous 
years when confidence returned a little in the second half. 
In general, we saw a trend towards investment in 
sales-focused, short-term, performance media.

Trends for 2021
In 2021, we anticipate that the following trends will have 
a significant impact on our media performance business.

1. Move from traditional to digital media continues
While linear TV viewing increased in 2020, this is not 
expected to continue in 2021. By contrast, the increased 
numbers of subscriptions to streaming platforms during 
successive lockdowns will accelerate linear TV’s reach 
decline and see budgets move online. Also, within digital 
channels there will be major movements – such as from 
display to video, from small and medium-sized players to 
the walled-garden giants of Facebook, Google and YouTube.

These changes will raise fundamental questions from 
advertisers as to how they should adapt their media 
strategies. It will bring increased need for consultancy, 
especially in digital, for Ebiquity’s media experts.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

26

Strategic reportMedia performance continued

4. E-commerce will be the big winner in 2021
Online shopping received a major boost during 2020’s 
lockdowns. More shoppers have become used to and 
comfortable with shopping online, across the generations, 
and show no signs of going back. Many retailers and 
platforms have created, or are currently updating, their 
e-commerce solutions, including YouTube and also TikTok 
partnering with Shopify. Some advertisers ran successful 
tests in this space during 2020. E-commerce advisory will 
become a major source of business for Ebiquity in 2021 
and beyond.

Trends for 2021 continued 
2. Strong fluctuation in media pricing
The sharp rise of media usage in 2020 together with 
slowing demand led to hefty deflation of media prices 
in many markets. This lowered the baseline for 2021 and 
will lead to high media inflation this year, as the market 
readjusts. Inflation estimation is an important aspect of 
Ebiquity’s scope in media performance tracking projects. 
More fluctuation in pricing will increase demand for our 
services in this space.

3. 2021 – the year of the pitch
As Laetitia has detailed above, in 2020 many pitches were 
deferred because of the initial uncertainty of life under 
lockdown. As a result, 2021 will be catch-up year, and many 
big advertisers have already announced that they are 
planning to pitch in 2021. As a follow-up project to pitches, 
advertisers often commission media tracking projects to 
measure the impact of newly appointed agencies on 
media performance. This will provide a significant 
opportunity for Ebiquity.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

27

Strategic reportMarketing effectiveness

There are important changes taking place in the advertising 
industry that accelerated in 2020 thanks to Covid-19 and its 
impact on consumer purchasing behaviour.

Two trends of note are the rapid increases in (i) digital 
advertising, and (ii) sales-focused (or ‘performance’) media, 
both at the expense of brand-focused media, particularly 
TV. These two trends have advanced in lock-step, 
as sales-focused performance media is synonymous with 
digital media. The performance teams in both agencies 
and advertisers are almost always the digital teams 
tasked with harvesting demand.

This represents a significant move towards short-termism 
in advertising. It is the product of several factors, including 
many companies’ desire to be seen to be more active in 
digital media, following the rapid consumer adoption of 
e-commerce. 

Mike Campbell
Global President, marketing effectiveness

These developments have been exacerbated by widespread 
use of attribution models that are not fit-for-purpose, 
models that allocate all online sales to digital and in this 
way overstate its impact.

We often observe pressure from consultants not always 
acting in advertisers’ best interests, keen to accelerate 
the adoption of digital performance channels. This has 
happened alongside misleading messaging from agencies 
over the past decade claiming that TV is dead or dying. 
This has led to brands questioning the impact of TV, 
the historical driver of brand communications and a 
channel uniquely able to address mass audiences at scale.

Figure 1, on the right, shows how different media affect 
consumers at different stages of the marketing funnel. 
It also shows the primary measures of impact used to 
track the customer journey, from awareness to interest, 
consideration, conversion, and on to loyalty. Best practice 
shows that this needs to start with media including TV and 
out-of-home that deliver high levels of reach most efficiently.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

Figure 1. Impact and measurement of media 
at different stages of the marketing funnel

Relevant 
media

Stage in  
the funnel

Primary  
measurement

TV, OOH, 
cinema

Awareness

Audience 
measurement

Print, radio, 
online video, 
social media

Interest

Online display, 
native 
advertising

Search, social 
media, email, 
classfields, 
direct mail

Consideration

Conversion

Messaging apps, 
email, brand 
pages, customer 
service channels

Loyalty

Attribution 
measurement

Offline:  
TVRs, OTS 

Online: 
ad impressions/views

Offline: Brand 
attitude surveys

Online: Clicks, leads, 
traffic to owned 
media

Offline: Econometric 
models, point of 
sale data

Online: Tracked 
purchases, customer 
acquisitions

Offline: 
Customer surveys

Online: 
Customer data

28

Strategic reportMarketing effectiveness continued

It is now agreed by many in the industry that the major 
swing away from brand campaigns that drive awareness 
at scale has been a mistake. It has had a negative impact 
on the advertising effectiveness. Figure 2 shows how 
brands’ obsession with performance campaigns – 
campaigns that rely too heavily on narrowly targeted digital 
media – has led to a marked decline in return on investment 
(‘ROI’) from advertising over the past decade.

Figure 2. The falling impact of advertising investment 
(source: IPA Databank)

Key business effects tied to marketing spend

s
t
c
e
f
f
e
s
s
e
n
s
u
b
y
e
K

i

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

6
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

Ebiquity is at the forefront of this crucial debate in the 
industry. Our Advanced Analytics team has been measuring 
the impact of brand versus performance campaigns and 
the ROI of the key media channels for the past 20 years. 
We use a technique known as Marketing Mix Modelling 
which accurately allocates sales to different media 
campaigns and channels.

Ebiquity modelling benchmarks across thousands of 
campaigns clearly show that high-reach TV advertising is 
the media channel most efficient at delivering ROI at scale. 
Our research conclusively demonstrates that many 
advertisers would be better served if they reduced their 
investments in digital performance channels and 
reallocated this spend to TV. The impact on our clients’ 
media efficiency is often an overall improvement of 20% 
or more in media ROI, accompanied by significantly higher 
levels of profit.

The media industry is often portrayed as one where 
multi-million dollar investment decisions are not 
underpinned by marketing science or well-validated 
analytics. This clearly is in stark contrast to the cost/benefit 
analyses that typically justify investment in capital projects.

As the complexity of the media landscape increases and 
the need for greater accountability is heightened during 
the inevitable post-Covid-19 challenges, there will be 
increasing demand for robust media analytics in the years 
ahead. This evidence-based approach will further challenge 
the prevailing focus on harvesting demand using digital 
touchpoints. In its place, we will see a shift in emphasis and 
brands investing more in building demand at scale and 
taking a longer-term view.

Ebiquity’s marketing effectiveness team is in a strong 
position to capitalise on this trend. This is true of existing 
clients who already invest in Marketing Mix Modelling as well 
as those who are coming to see the benefits of getting the 
balance right between long-term brand building and 
short-term sales activation.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

29

Strategic report 
 
Technology advisory

Ebiquity’s technology advisory team helps global brands 
design, develop, and implement their ideal operating models 
and associated data and technology ecosystems, across 
both paid and owned communication channels.

Advertisers are making these decisions at a time of 
unprecedented change and uncertainty:

		 The lasting impact of Covid‑19, with brands looking to 

accelerate digital transformation plans, with particular 
emphasis on e-commerce and delivering ‘virtual’ brand 
experiences

		 The changing role of media agencies, raising the question 
of whether brands merely need to upskill and expand 
their in-house capabilities to enable better control and 
governance, or whether they need to begin buying media 
themselves

Matt Girling
Head of Europe, technology advisory

		 The impact of increasing regulation on the use of 

consumer data in marketing, including GDPR in Europe 
and the CCPA in the US. At the same time, web browsers 
are restricting use of third-party cookies, making it harder 
for brands to track consumer identities across digital 
media

		 The ongoing operational challenges that inhibit 

technology and data’s delivery of meaningful and 
measurable ROI

We support brands in three main areas.

1. Transforming their operating model
We identify existing challenges and develop bespoke 
model solutions to address these challenges across all 
media. This includes the people, processes, and technology 
needed to deliver effective change, be it in-house or with 
a media agency partner.

2. Use and control of marketing data
Our experts help advertisers in all areas related to 
marketing data, from strategic assessments of the 
status quo to navigating the changing and complex 
new environment.

3. Operational excellence
We help brands improve all aspects of digital marketing 
operations, from creative work-flows to devising effective 
governance and accountability.

This work is delivered by impartial, senior experts who 
have many years of hands-on experience in the ad tech 
and martech space. Current live client assignments 
include: working with a global brand on in-housing, 
including traditional media; data governance for a 
multi-market advertiser; and, supporting a multi-brand 
advertiser which is considering how best to harmonise 
and centralise operations across markets.

With effective use of media data and technology 
increasingly driving success in advertising, Ebiquity’s 
technology advisory team is well-placed to help brands 
in these increasingly important areas.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

30

Strategic reportContract compliance

2020 was characterised by consumers radically changing 
their media habits, tightening their purse strings, and 
accelerating their adoption of digital technologies. This is 
particularly true of e-commerce.

All this change had inevitable impacts on the agency sector. 
For those that weren’t already going through the process, 
agency holding companies took the opportunity to reassess 
their operating structures. Agencies have shed staff in 
significant numbers in the last nine months, with 
efficiencies in part compensating for reductions in revenue1. 

Federica Bowman
Global CEO, FirmDecisions

Fundamental changes to the agency landscape present a 
number of challenges for brand owners. First, how do they 
ensure that the budget they do have is being invested wisely 
by their partners and in a way that maximises ROI? 
And second, how does the service they get from their 
partners meet expectations and – more importantly – 
contractual obligations?

Our experience and expertise in ensuring contractual 
obligations are met are more relevant than ever in today’s 
atmosphere of budget tightening and increased 
accountability. The Russian proverb “trust, but verify” 
is particularly relevant for the specialist field of marketing 
contract compliance which FirmDecisions pioneered more 
than 20 years ago.

As advertisers regroup after a tumultuous 2020, we’re 
beginning to see more focus on ensuring good governance 
in the marketing space. With so many changes now evident 
in the external consumer landscape and internal agency 
operations, many advertisers are actively assessing what 
happened last year. Before committing budgets to rebuild 
and regrow in 2021, they’re actively asking how their money 
was spent in 2020 and whether investments were made 
in accordance with their partner agreements. History has 
shown us that, in recessionary periods, there is always 
a focus on balancing the books, and this is a task 
FirmDecisions was built to perform.

Our global team of 55 specialists helps our advertiser clients 
to validate their marketing agency partners’ adherence to 
their contractual terms. We highlight areas for 
improvement in agency financial stewardship, processes, 
and management. With an established presence in 14 major 
markets – and more than 700 years’ worth of combined 
marketing sector experience – our team is made up of 
former agency and client-side experts who have an intimate 
understanding of how agencies manage client finances.

1.  Sources: Ad Age (http://bit.ly/3qX2pfD) and The Drum (http://bit.ly/2Yj3r9I)

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

31

Strategic reportContract compliance continued

Our recent and ongoing investment in senior ex-agency 
CEOs and CFOs continues to enhance our knowledge of 
current agency practices and evolving trading dynamics. 
This enables us to ensure that our clients are always better 
informed, enabling them to develop more balanced and 
trusting relationships with their marketing partners.

The FirmDecisions team has significant financial 
experience in all aspects of marketing services. Our lead 
role in co-authoring the 2016 Media Transparency report1 
for the US Association of National Advertisers means we 
have successfully driven the transparency agenda for the 
past four years. As a result, more than four in five of our 
assignments in 2020 were focused on media contract 
compliance.

FirmDecisions evaluated a total of US$40 billion marketing 
spend across media and non-media services. In a global 
market sector worth US$1.7 trillion in 20192, media’s share 
of this represented ~US$500 billion3), highlighting the 
opportunity that exists to educate our clients – and many 
more advertisers besides – in better contract governance 
for non-media related service providers.

For many businesses, Covid-19 has highlighted the need 
for accelerated innovation and digital transformation, 
and this is no different in contract compliance. As agencies 
and advertisers switched to working from home overnight, 
so our audits have had to be reinvented for this new 
environment. This was extremely challenging, but by 
working in partnership with our clients and their agency 
partners – many of them companies owned by the major 
holding companies around the world – we have developed 
new and efficient, remote ways of working.

FirmDecisions is investing in operational changes to find 
efficiencies of scale through process management and 
automation. Our internal changes are designed primarily 
to ensure better client management, to help strengthen and 
deepen our relationships. This enables us to free up our time 
to add more value for our clients as their need and appetite 
for objective and impartial advice grows.

US$40bn 
marketing 
spend

FirmDecisions evaluated a total of 
US$40bn marketing spend across 
media and non-media services.

1.  Source: ANA, http://bit.ly/2MycIZd 
2.  Source: Forbes, https://bit.ly/3iVLUxC
3.  Source: Statista, http://bit.ly/2HpRYw3

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

32

Strategic reportCase study

Accelerating Reckitt’s digital 
excellence journey

22%

value opportunity, 12% reinvested

Client 
objectives

Ebiquity’s 
approach

Business  
impact

As part of its programme of digital 
transformation, Reckitt Benckiser – 
recently rebranded as Reckitt – 
was looking to increase effectiveness 
and eliminate waste across its digital 
investment. The company wanted 
to develop a new and consistent 
framework for tracking digital media 
investment in biddable channels. In this 
way, media teams could demonstrate 
savings to finance colleagues in each 
market.

Ebiquity’s Digital Innovation Centre 
worked with Reckitt’s central team, 
local markets, and agency partners to 
enhance and implement a set of global 
Productivity Principles designed to 
incentivise more effective trading. 
Powered by automated data extracted 
directly from source, Reckitt’s new 
robust governance framework 
generates timely, actionable insights 
across all markets and brands. 
It provides consistency and a complete 
overview of digital efficiency and 
effectiveness across markets.

Our next-generation Source Data 
Monitoring solution now governs all 
of Reckitt’s biddable digital media 
spend, consistently driving 
improvements and minimising 
wastage. In 2020, we identified a value 
opportunity of 22% of digital spend 
through this governance programme. 
Through our change management 
programme, Reckitt reinvested 
up to 12% of this opportunity in 
better-performing placements 
in the second half of 2020.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

33

Strategic reportCase study

Driving digital marketing excellence 
from the centre for Audi

Client 
objectives

Ebiquity 
approach

Business 
impact

At a global level, Audi has put in 
place initiatives designed to deliver 
best-in-class digital marketing 
operations. The company’s focus for 
2020 was to understand if and how 
local markets had aligned behind these 
plans. In particular, the global team 
wanted to know how well markets 
were using ad tech to secure superior 
efficiency and quality audiences.

Our technical and operational expertise 
in ad tech allows us to combine 
traditional interviews with live platform 
demonstrations. We customised and 
deployed our tried-and-tested market 
engagement programme across 14 
markets, enabling us to:

		 Dive deep into the full tech stack to 
assess whether it was set up and 
working in accordance with the 
central governance guidelines

		 Check if and how the audience 

quality standards and goals were 
being maintained

We helped determine Audi’s strategic 
and operational capabilities at a 
market level. Our approach highlighted 
areas for improvement and surfaced 
emerging issues that required central 
support and focus for the year ahead. 
Thanks to our independence and 
experience, Audi continues to nurture 
an always-learning, always-evolving 
dialogue with its markets.

Ebiquity’s expertise was and is of great 
help to zoom in on areas that we did not 
previously deep dive into and obtain 
insights in a granularity that allows for 
improvements, right from set-up through 
to optimisation and reporting. It feeds 
back into and is an integral part of our 
international Audi Drive programme 
and creates awareness for topics that 
were historically considered black boxes, 
especially at headquarters level.
Christine von Hoerde
Brand Communication & Content Marketing, Audi

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

34

Strategic reportCase study

Improving marketing efficiency at BT

Client 
objectives

Ebiquity 
approach

Business  
impact

BT’s marketing team asked Ebiquity 
to create a consistent, best-in-class 
measurement framework to evaluate 
marketing performance across its 
group of companies – BT, BT Enterprise, 
EE, and Plusnet – in the short, medium, 
and long term. They wanted to be able 
to make informed budget allocation 
decisions across brands, campaigns, 
and media channels.

Working closely with the client’s 
insight, marketing, and commercial 
teams, Ebiquity has provided BT 
with a holistic view of marketing 
performance. The approach combines 
both Marketing Mix Modelling and 
Brand Equity Modelling.

Our Advanced Analytics team has 
enabled BT Group to balance 
investment across brands, identify 
media opportunities, and improve 
overall marketing returns without 
sacrificing long-term performance. 
This evidence-based approach in 
marketing decision-making led to 
a 16% increase in marketing 
effectiveness for one brand and 
enhanced profit across the portfolio.

16%

increase in marketing effectiveness

We are very pleased with the traction 
and the credibility that Ebiquity has 
developed with the senior teams at BT. 
In a short space of time, Ebiquity has 
delivered insights that have made 
significant improvements to our 
media planning.
BT Group
Global Head of Media

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

35

Strategic reportPeople

We recognise that people 
are the key to our success.

Emma Baillie
Group Chief People Officer

We recognise that people are the key to our success. 
The Group continues to invest energy and creativity in 
developing a culture designed to attract and retain the 
right people to deliver our strategic objectives, supported 
by evolving our policies and practices.

To better assess our current culture, we conducted a first 
Culture Audit in partnership with Brands with Values. 
Brands with Values has developed a survey tool based on 
the work of social psychologist Shalom Schwartz, creator 
of the Theory of Basic Human Values. 

Culture
With a new CEO and strategy in 2020, we turned our 
attention to the culture of Ebiquity. We wanted to 
understand if we had the right values and behaviours in 
place to achieve our goals, as well as attract and retain 
the best talent.

The survey analysed our employees’ personal values, their 
experience of the culture at Ebiquity, and the values they 
think we need both to achieve our strategy and to become 
an employer of choice. The results have been shared with 
the organisation and an action plan developed.

As a result of running the survey, we have created a global 
Culture Champion team to deliver a series of interactive 
workshops in 2021. The workshops will engage our people in 
both the creation of a new vision statement and a refreshed 
set of Company values.

Diversity and Inclusion
As part of our culture journey, Ebiquity’s Group Chief People 
Officer, Emma Baillie, was appointed as the Executive 
Sponsor for the Diversity and Inclusion agenda. New 
employee groups formed themselves during the year, 
representing minority groups in the workforce. Members 
of these groups have been engaging with Emma and Group 
Chief Executive Officer, Nick Waters, to create an approach 
to increase the diversity of those Ebiquity can both attract 
and retain. 

As a result of this dialogue, we have introduced monitoring 
of shortlists for key management roles, new approaches to 
sourcing, and partnerships with local charities.

With the Group’s revised Executive Leadership Team, there 
is now a healthier gender balance of senior management 
with 40/60 female to male split.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

36

Strategic reportPeople continued

Development
With the shift to online working, we had to reconsider 
our training agenda for the year. Despite the challenge 
of the whole company working from home as a result of 
the pandemic, we were able to enhance our Consulting 
Skills toolkit with a data visualisation course run via a 
micro-learning app, as well as Zoom-based ‘Narrative 
by Numbers’ training. The training supports our ability to 
analyse and present data in a succinct and impactful way, 
enabling our consultants to tell clear and actionable stories 
to our clients.

Wellbeing
The national lockdowns for most of 2020 highlighted the 
importance of having strong commitment to the wellbeing 
of our people. Enforced and prolonged working from home 
presented all of us with new challenges. Ebiquity responded 
by providing equipment, information, and support to enable 
the shift, including workstation set up, managing remotely, 
and mental health tips and support.

During the year, we provided further support initiatives. 
These included: coaching for parents sessions, group online 
meditation and yoga classes, a ‘mental health and working 
from home’ support group, a ‘maintaining positive mental 
health’ support group, and various online social events run 
through our Social Committee.

Community
The Ebiquity Group continued its partnership with the 
charity World Child Cancer in 2020. In January 2020, our 
London office organised a Grand Raffle Prize Draw, with 
prizes donated by clients and suppliers. The event raised 
more than £4,000 for the charity.

40/60 senior 
management  
female to male split

healthier gender balance 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

37

Strategic reportEnvironment

As a global company, we are fully aware of our responsibilities 
in reducing consumption of the Earth’s natural resources and 
in the safe disposal and reduction of the waste we produce.

Strategic report

Ebiquity recognises the threat that climate change and 
environmental harm pose to the planet and to people. As a 
global company, we are fully aware of our responsibilities in 
reducing consumption of the Earth’s natural resources and 
in the safe disposal and reduction of the waste we produce.

The consulting and advisory work that Ebiquity 
undertakes may have limited direct negative impacts on 
the environment, but we are mindful of our responsibilities 
in this area. That’s why we aim to foster a culture that 
educates and encourages everyone to be aware of how the 
actions they take and the decisions they make can have an 
impact on the environment.

Ebiquity is able to meet and – where possible – surpass 
government guidelines on sustainability by having in place 
policies, training, and comprehensive maintenance 
contracts, which we continuously review. What’s more, 
by taking this approach we are able to achieve financial, 
societal, and ethical benefits.

Our global offices are developing the most appropriate 
ways to promote more sustainable practices that fit their 
local environment. However, the goals below are common 
to all.

Cleaning, waste, and recycling
We aim for ‘Zero to Landfill’ across the Company. 
By working only with ISO 14001-accredited companies 
and following the Waste Electrical and Electronic 
Equipment (‘WEEE’) recycling directive, we are able to meet 
environmental standards. We apply these principles to the 
materials used during our cleaning processes, the waste 
removed from our offices, and the recycling undertaken. 
Computer hardware no longer fit-for-purpose is cleaned, 
all data erased, and the items donated to companies who 
in turn pass it on to communities unable to afford their 
own equipment.

Utilities
Where possible, we choose energy from green/renewable 
source suppliers. All our offices have their own measures 
in place to reduce the amount of water, electricity, and 
gas used. Approaches range from using timers and motion 
sensors to turn off lights and air conditioning systems, 
to having aerators fitted to taps to reduce water usage 
by up to 50%.

At the end of 2019, our head office in London relocated to 
a newly refurbished space. This office has a ‘Very Good’ 
rating for Building Research Establishment Environmental 
Assessment Method (‘BREEAM’) and also a level ‘B’ Energy 
Performance Certificate (‘EPC’) rating. To coincide with the 
move, staff adopted an agile method of working to aid 
collaboration between departments and give staff freedom 
to work where they choose. By taking this approach, we 
were able to reduce the amount of space needed by the 
business, meaning that the resources needed to heat and 
run the office dropped significantly.

Maintenance
We have robust maintenance contracts in place to ensure 
that mechanical and electrical equipment works to its 
efficient, full potential. Often this means that our 
equipment not only meets but – where practical – 
exceeds its life expectancy.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

38

Environment continued

Education
Ebiquity encourages all staff to appreciate the 
importance of sustainable living both in and out of the 
office. The sustainability team investigates, suggests, 
and promotes green initiatives that can not only be used 
at work but also by our colleagues at home. The team 
presents ideas, updates, and suggestions for best practices 
in sustainability at our regular Town Hall meetings. We also 
talk about our recycling and environmental policy as part of 
our induction for new staff joining Ebiquity. Changes to this 
policy are communicated to all stakeholders once 
implemented.

Review
It’s always important to keep policies up to date, particularly 
in an area as fast-moving as environmental protection. 
As part of the regular review process, we continuously look 
for new ways to make Ebiquity an even more sustainable 
business. The sustainability team sources and discusses new 
ideas to assess whether they are workable for us. If they are, 
we introduce them to as many offices as is practicable.

Progress
2020 was a challenging year for everyone, but that didn’t 
stop the sustainability team from meeting regularly to 
discuss, plan, and roll out new initiatives to help Ebiquity 
promote and improve its environmental credentials. We are 
looking to accelerate this approach in 2021/22, and our plans 
include:

to grow the sustainability team to include as many of our 
international offices as possible, enabling us to share ideas 
and learn from each other;

to work with our landlords to measure the amount of 
waste we produce, the amount of waste we recycle, the 
amount of paper we use, the amount of energy we use, 
and the amount of carbon we produce. With those 
baselines in place, we will aim to reduce and improve these 
numbers year-on-year;

to introduce specific recycling initiatives for coffee cups, 
batteries, food waste, and food packaging;

to reduce and, where possible, eliminate single-use plastic 
items across all offices. This ranges from items of 
stationery and cleaning materials to packaging;

to introduce a circular economy within each office, where 
we reuse as much equipment as we can, equipment that 
would otherwise go to waste;

to continue to promote the use of and benefits of using 
videoconferencing instead of travelling to see clients for 
meetings;

to set up a carbon offsetting scheme for those trips that 
cannot be avoided;

to publish our Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(‘SECR’) report for 2020 by late Spring. We will action all 
possible improvements to improve our energy efficiency; 
and

to find like-minded partners and establish unconventional 
but strategic alliances to shape social sustainability 
progress on an industry level.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

39

Strategic report		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’)

Under the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited 
Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon) Regulations 
2018, we are mandated to disclose our UK energy use and 
associated greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions. As a 
minimum, we are required to report the GHG emissions 
from fuel combustion, purchased energy and transport 
vehicles. Additionally, the use of an intensity ratio and an 
outline of implemented efficiency measures are required 
under the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(‘SECR’) regulations.

To ensure a high level of transparency is achieved, robust 
and recognised reporting methods are implemented. 
The reporting methodology involves usage of the 2020 
Defra (Department for Environment, Food and Rural 
Affairs) emissions factors to calculate and assess our 
UK operational emissions.

Our calculations are for the following scopes:

		 Building‑related energy – purchased electricity 

consumption (scope 2).

Company information
Ebiquity plc is a public limited company, incorporated in the 
UK, situated at Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, London, 
England, N1 6DZ. Subsidiary companies Ebiquity Associates 
Limited, FirmDecisions Limited and Ebiquity Russia Limited 
are also situated at the same site and therefore account for 
the same annual GHG emissions and energy usage.

Reporting period
The reporting period that this submission covers is 
1 January 2020 to 31 December 2020.

Calculation methodology 
Emissions calculated are in accordance with the 
‘GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard’ and in line with Defra’s ‘Environmental reporting 
guidelines: including Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting Requirements’. The Defra 2020 emission 
conversion factors were used to quantify the emissions 
associated with Ebiquity plc’s operations for the specified 
reporting period.

Organisational boundary
We have used the operational control approach. 

Operational scopes
This report includes our scope 2 emissions related to 
purchased electricity. In the reporting period, Ebiquity plc 
has no scope 1 or scope 3 (Business Travel in Expensed 
Vehicles) emissions across its UK operations.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

40

Strategic reportStreamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) continued

Results
Energy and GHG emissions data for reporting period 1 January 2020 – 31 December 2020

Reporting category

Purchased electricity (scope 2)

Scope 2 (tCO2e)
Total emissions (tCO2e)
Total carbon offsets (tCO2e)
Intensity ratio (tCO2e /sqm)
Intensity ratio (tCO2e /number of UK employees)
Total underlying energy consumption (kWh)

UK & Offshore

Location-
based
methodology
(tCO2e)
47.43

Energy
consumption
(kWh)

203,434.94

Total

47.43

47.43

47.43

48.00

0.028

0.203

203,434.94

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

41

Strategic reportStreamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) continued

Intensity ratio
The chosen intensity ratios are tCO2e per total square 
metres and tCO2e per full time equivalent UK staff 
numbers. The intensity ratio tCO2e per total square metres 
was chosen as it is the recommended metric for mainly 
office-based organisations. An appropriate activity 
metric, tCO2e per full time equivalent UK staff has also 
been provided.

Energy efficiency measures 
Ebiquity plc’s UK operations moved to Chapter House, 
16 Brunswick Place, London in 2019. The building is 
newly refurbished with works being completed in 2019. 
The building is well equipped with timers, sensors 
and energy-efficient lighting in order to reduce 
equipment-related electricity usage. This building has 
an EPC energy rating of ‘B’ (most efficient being ‘A+’) 
and has achieved a BREEAM rating of ‘very good’. This will 
help reduce the Company’s long-term carbon footprint and 
energy consumption. Ebiquity plc is committed to managing 
its carbon footprint by employing robust maintenance 
contracts to ensure that the onsite equipment is well 
kept, optimising lifespan and efficiency. Additionally, 
the electricity consumed by Ebiquity plc is from 100% 
REGO-backed renewable sources.

Ebiquity plc has identified irregularities in the measurement 
of periodic energy consumption. Data extrapolation and 
benchmarking techniques have been applied in order to 
estimate consumption where first hand data was not 
applicable. As a corrective measure for irregular notations 
of submeter readings, a robust meter reading solution is 
being actively reviewed and this will be implemented for 
the next reporting period.

Consumption figures included in this report correspond 
to electricity consumption of Ebiquity plc’s UK-based 
operations only. However, as a sustainability initiative, 
Ebiquity plc is committed to widen the breadth of its 
reporting boundary in future years and report the 
global annual energy consumption and associated scope 
emissions. Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, operations at 
Ebiquity plc’s facilities have remained limited, resulting 
in lower annual energy consumption and related emissions. 
In the future, it is projected that higher energy consumption 
and emission figures will be recorded under normal 
circumstances.

Carbon offsetting
Ebiquity plc’s UK head office consumed 203,434.94 kWh 
of 100% REGO-backed renewable electricity between 
1  January 2020 and 31 December 2020. SECR requires 
organisations to use a location-based grid average 
emission factor to report the emissions from electricity, 
including renewable energy supplied from a third party. 
This has resulted in related annual GHG emissions to be 
recorded at 47.43 tCO2e. 

As part of Ebiquity plc’s commitment to enhance its 
environmental performance, voluntary carbon credits have 
been purchased to the amount of 48 tonnes CO2e, which 
covers the annual UK GHG emissions for the term period. 
Furthermore, Ebiquity plc is committed to expanding the 
scope of carbon reduction and offsetting across its global 
operations in the future years. 

The purchased credits are Verified Carbon Units (‘VCUs’). 
The VCUs are affiliated to a Clean Development Mechanism 
(‘CDM’) originated programme. 

The chosen carbon offsetting project is ‘Pakarab Fertilizer 
Co-generation Power Project’. This project is based in 
Multan, Punjab Province of Pakistan and involves replacing 
an existing captive condensation power plant with a new 
and improved co-generation plant. The new plant covers 
the power and steam demand of the fertiliser complex 
completely. The rationale behind choosing this project 
includes the significant improvement of local environmental 
conditions. Outside of the direct project boundaries, 
the project includes activities such as construction of 
community schools and the development of a children’s 
park. This project contributes to the significant 
improvement of conditions for the region.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

42

Strategic reportSection 172 statement

Under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, there is a general duty on every 
director to act in a way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote 
the success of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole.

In doing this, the directors must have regard, amongst other 
matters, to the following:

the impact of the company’s operations on the 
community and the environment;

the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

the interests of the company’s employees;

the need to foster the company’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others;

the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation 
for high standards of business conduct; and

the need to act fairly as between members of 
the company.

The Board has considered which are the Company’s key 
stakeholders and details of engagement with them are set 
out in the table below. The People and Environment sections 
on the preceding pages contain more details of some of the 
ESG initiatives around the Group. The Board takes a keen 
interest in these activities and our full ESG strategy is being 
developed under the guidance of two sponsors from the 
Executive Leadership Team 

Stakeholders

How we engage

Outcomes

Shareholders 

We held a virtual Capital Markets Day (‘CMD’) in November 2020 to share details of our new 
strategy as well as updating shareholders on our business and people. In addition to the CEO, 
the presenters included regional directors and the newly appointed Chief Product Officer, 
Ruben Schreurs.

About 50 investors attended the CMD. There was a 
Q&A session after the presentations, allowing plenty of 
opportunity for engagement between shareholders and 
the Company. A recording of the event can be viewed 
from www.ebiquity.com/about/investors.

We adapted our shareholder communications as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic. Following 
the publication of our full and half year results, the CEO and CFOO held the usual analyst and 
shareholder briefings virtually.

Our AGM in 2020 was held by videoconference and shareholders were able to submit their 
questions to the Board.

Moving the shareholder meetings online worked well and 
allowed shareholders time with the Directors. So, despite 
the restrictions of the pandemic, we were still able to 
engage effectively with our investors.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

43

Strategic report		
		
		
		
		
		
Section 172 statement continued

Stakeholders

How we engage

Outcomes

Clients

Ebiquity strives to deliver relevant and professional services to its clients. During 2020 we held 
several client events, including one focused on best practice in the end-to-end management of 
influencer marketing which highlighted some of our work in this area.

We held sessions of our Ebiquity Media Management Procurement Forum which considered 
topics such as planning for commercial negotiations with agencies post-pandemic, virtual 
pitching techniques, and the impact of the pandemic on contract compliance audits.

Our Client Council met three times during the year, which is when international clients come 
together to discuss and debate key issues relating to our business and to provide input into 
our agenda and business strategy. 

The events attracted a good client audience and we 
followed this one up with research and a guidance note 
on the subject, which is of growing importance to 
advertisers.

Our client events, having migrated into the virtual space, 
have blossomed and have actually become more global 
and inclusive, geography no longer being a barrier to 
participation. 

We have also formed a Client and Revenue Board to give strategic focus to a core group of 
major multinational client companies which will be managed by a Global Client Solutions 
Centre.

Ebiquity continues to focus on high quality client servicing 
and meeting the demands of the changing industry.

Employees

As well as the initiatives mentioned in the preceding section, we hold webinars which all 
employees can join to hear an update from the CEO. These are held at different times of 
the day to ensure employees from all regions and time zones can easily attend. 

Many of our offices hold regular ‘Town Hall’ meetings to ensure employees are kept up to date 
on local and global financial targets and key matters affecting the Group. We also use the 
Town Halls to talk about new starters, leavers, any good news, and promotions.

These calls allow anyone in the Group to ask the CEO 
questions ‘live’ and this also provides an insight for the 
executive team into the areas of interest and concern to 
our people.

These meetings have been one of the key ways to 
communicate with our teams during the pandemic when 
we have not been able to occupy our offices and meet 
as normal.

We undertook a number of initiatives to engage with our employees while they worked from 
home during the pandemic, particularly focusing on their well being. These are described in 
the preceding section.

These have helped our employees to work from home 
effectively and to deal with the range of new issues they 
have encountered while doing so.

We are keen to progress diversity and inclusion within the organisation and 40% of the 
members of our Executive Leadership Team are now female. Our CPO, Emma Baillie, has been 
appointed as our Diversity and Inclusion sponsor.

Our employees have set up LGBTQIAP+ and BAME 
groups, with the Company’s support. It is the intention 
that these groups provide feedback and make 
suggestions about how we can be more inclusive.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

44

Strategic reportSection 172 statement continued

Stakeholders

How we engage

Outcomes

Community and 
the environment

Our charity partner is World Child Cancer and we organised a raffle with donations from 
our suppliers. The Company matched the takings from the raffle to raise additional funds 
for this charity.

For 2021, it is planned for the Group to hold a ‘Volunteer 
Day’ when all staff around the world will take a day off 
to contribute to a local charity or not-for-profit 
organisation of their local team’s choosing.

We recognise that Ebiquity has a part to play in the maintenance of a sustainable environment 
and an environmental policy is in place. More information can be found in the Environment 
section on the preceding pages. 

This year, for the first time, we have published an 
SECR report. 

Suppliers 
and partners

We aim to pay our suppliers within a reasonable period of their invoices being received and 
approved. We recognise that this is of even greater importance in the current climate. Ebiquity 
Associates Limited (the Group’s UK trading company) reports its payment practices, policies, 
and performance under section 3 of the Small Business, Enterprise and Employment Act 2015. 

The average time taken by Ebiquity Associates Limited 
to pay its suppliers during the first half of 2020 
was 16 days and during the second half of 2020 
it was 21 days.

We continue to operate in accordance with relevant legislation on ethics, anti-bribery and 
modern slavery and have appropriate policies in place.

We require our suppliers and partners to adhere to the 
legislation and to follow our policies where relevant.

Trade bodies

The pandemic has seen our formal strategic partnerships with advertiser trade bodies globally, 
transition into the virtual space. We have worked hard to maintain our profile by delivering 
virtual content to the advertiser members, including: 

		 webinars on the impact of the pandemic on the media landscape, on agency network 

structures, and on consumer behaviour; and

		 guidance on digital benchmarks and managing the digital media ecosystem to deliver greater 

transparency and trust, virtual pitching, contract compliance auditing, and influencer 
marketing effectiveness. 

We also set up a regular Recovery and Growth forum for CMOs with ISBA. 

These partnerships demonstrate the breadth of our 
portfolio of services, enhance our brand reputation, 
influence the client community and help them stay 
informed about key industry initiatives. As we share 
insights and trends gleaned from our global activities, 
we are able to provide access for advertisers to our 
deep sector expertise, which ultimately drives leads 
for the business.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

45

Strategic reportFinancial review

Group revenues for the year ended 31 December 2020 fell 
by £12.2 million or 18% to £55.9 million, from £68.1 million 
in 2019. 

Reflecting the lower activity, project-related costs 
(which comprise external partner and production costs) 
fell by £2.4 million (27%) from £8.8 million to £6.4 million 
and the net revenue margin rose from 87% to 88%. 
Operating expenses were also reduced, by £3.8 million, 
(7%) to £50.0 million from £53.7 million. This only partially 
offset the revenue reduction and the Group recorded an 
underlying operating loss of £0.3 million in the year, 
compared to an underlying operating profit of 
£5.6 million and operating margin of 9% in 2019.

Net finance costs rose slightly from £0.9 million to 
£1.0 million, due to the increase in net debt. This and the 
operating loss led to an underlying loss before tax in the 
year of £1.3 million, compared to a profit of £4.7 million 
in 2019. 

Alan Newman
Chief Financial & Operating Officer

The statutory operating loss of £2.9 million (calculated 
after highlighted items) improved from the loss of 
£4.8 million in 2019, due largely to a significantly lower 
level of net highlighted costs, which fell from £10.3 million 
to £2.5 million (as detailed below). This also led to a 
reduction in the statutory loss before tax to £3.9 million, 
compared to £5.7 million in 2019.

Highlighted items 
Highlighted items during the year included the following: 

		 £1.9 million credit relating to share-based payments 

mainly arising from the lapse of options over 4.2 million 
shares originally awarded in May 2010; 

		 £1.1 million charge for amortisation of purchased 

intangibles (2019: £1.2 million);

		 £0.8 million charge due to the impairment of goodwill in 
Digital Balance, the MarTech business based in Australia;

		 £1.5 million charge relating to severance and 

re-organisation costs following restructuring of 
management and staff roles in Australia, France, 
Germany, UK, and USA as part of actions taken to 
improve business performance;

		 £0.8 million relating to currency revaluation of deferred 

consideration payments for Ireland and Italy; and

		 £0.2 million relating to professional costs incurred 
on acquisitions and bank facility negotiations.

Prior year adjustment
During the year, a misstatement was discovered in 
the balance sheet of Firm Decisions’ US subsidiary as 
at 31 December 2019. This followed an internal review 
of balance sheet items by the Group Finance team as part 
of enhanced internal control procedures put in place by the 
Chief Financial & Operating Officer during the last year. 
The causes of this error were specific to the unit involved 
and related to the misstatement of accrued income and 
revenue balances for which process and system 
improvements have been made to avoid any recurrence. 
In accordance with IAS 8, the financial statements for 2019 
have been re-stated to reflect this adjustment. The impact 
was a reduction of £600,000 in 2019 Group revenue, 
a reduction of £148,000 in retained earnings brought 
forward as at 1 January 2019 and a reduction of £748,000 
in accrued income as at 31 December 2019. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

46

Strategic reportFinancial review continued

Taxation 
There was an underlying tax charge in the year of £0.03 million compared to £1.9 million 
in 2019. This reduced charge reflected the loss before tax incurred in the year. 

There was a total tax credit including on highlighted items of £0.2 million compared to 
a charge of £1.5 million in 2019. 

Earnings per share 
The loss after tax led to an underlying loss per share of 1.9p, compared to earnings of 2.8p 
in 2019. There was a statutory diluted loss per share of 4.81p, an improvement of 4.74p, 
compared to the statutory diluted loss per share of 9.55p in 2019. 

Dividend
Although the Group is in a healthy financial position and has bank borrowing facilities in 
place until 2023, the Board considers it prudent to conserve the Group’s cash resources 
given the Group’s performance in 2020 and the uncertainty created by the Covid-19 
pandemic. It will therefore not be proposing the payment of a dividend in respect of 2020 
at the forthcoming AGM and will defer any dividend recommendation until economic and 
business conditions are more certain. 

Cash conversion 

Reported cash from operations

Underlying cash from operations

Underlying operating profit/loss

Cash conversion

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

5,827

7,300

(334)

—

5,657

8,870

6,167

144%

Underlying cash from operations represents the cash flows from operations excluding the 
impact of highlighted items. The underlying net cash inflow from operations was £7.3 million 
during 2020 (2019: £8.9 million). This cash inflow reflecting continued tight management of 
working capital despite the challenging business environment.

Equity
During the year to 31 December 2020, 2,467,628 shares were issued. 2,437,628 of these were 
as partial settlement of the Italian minority buyout and a further 30,000 upon the exercise 
of employee share options. As a result, the total share capital increased to 82,583,254 
shares (31 December 2019: 80,115,626). 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

47

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review continued

Net debt and banking facilities

Net cash  

Bank debt 

Loan fee prepayments 

Net bank debt 

US PPP loan1 

Net debt as in statement of financial position

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

11,121

8,236

(19,000)

(14,000)

120

(7,759)

(750)

(8,509)

168

(5,596)

—

(5,596)

1.  This represents a loan received in May 2020 under the US Payroll Protection Programme. The qualifying conditions 
required for loan forgiveness have been met but at the year end the providing bank had not opened the forgiveness 
application process. If the application is successful, this loan will be credited to the income statement in 2021 as a grant. 

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and NatWest. On 20 September 2019, 
the Group entered into a new revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) agreement of £24.0 million 
with broadly similar terms to the previous one. The facility has a maturity period of four 
years, expiring in September 2023, with an option for the Company to extend for one 
further year. The committed RCF at 31 December 2020 totalled £24.0 million, of which 
£19.0 million was drawn (2019: RCF of £24.0 million, of which £14.0 million was drawn). 
During the year, the Group drew down £5.0 million to cover working capital requirements 
that it anticipated might have arisen due to the Covid-19 pandemic. In the prior year, the 
drawn RCF of £14.0 million was included as a current liability since the facility was set to 
expire within one year.

The Group continued to trade throughout the year, within the limits of its banking facilities 
and associated covenants. The covenants applying on a quarterly basis until June 2020 
were based on EBITDA multiples as follows: interest cover > 4.0; adjusted leverage < 2.5; 
and adjusted deferred consideration leverage < 3.0. In response to the Covid-19 disruption, 
modified covenants were agreed with the lenders in May 2020 which applied from 
July 2020 to 30 November 2021. These require the Group to maintain minimum liquidity 
of at least £5 million at the end of every month during that period. Minimum liquidity is 
defined as the aggregate amount of cash together with any available undrawn amount 
under the facility. 

Liquidity as at 31 December 2020 totalled £15.4 million. In March 2021, a further covenant 
amendment was agreed with the lenders. With effect from September 2021, the minimum 
liquidity covenant will increase to £7 million and will be in place until June 2022. In addition, 
with effect from September 2021 an interest cover covenant will be reintroduced at 
> 4.0 and an adjusted leverage covenant will be reintroduced, initially at < 4.0, increasing 
to < 4.25 in December 2021 and to < 4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to < 3.5 in June 2022. 
The original covenants which were in force until June 2020 will apply again from 
September 2022 onwards. 

Statement of financial position and net assets
A summary of the Group’s balance sheet as at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 is 
set out below:

Goodwill and intangible assets 

Right-of-use assets

Other non-current assets

Net working capital

Other current liabilities

Lease liability 

Other non-current liabilities

Deferred consideration

Net debt 

Net assets 

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

34,698

6,237

3,387

8,504

(1,953)

(8,158)

(1,503)

(1,957)

(8,509)

30,746

35,172

8,339

3,549

12,179

(4,724)

(9,590)

(1,423)

(14)

(5,596)

37,892

Net assets as at 31 December 2020 decreased by £7.1 million to £30.7 million 
(2019: £37.9 million). 

Debtor days have remained consistent year-on-year at 58 days (2019: 62 days) 
due to continued strong cash collection, in particular, at the end of the year.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

48

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review continued

Corporate development activities
On 8 January 2020, the Group completed the purchase of Digital Decisions B.V. (‘Digital 
Decisions’). The initial cash consideration paid was €700,000 (£597,000) with further 
contingent consideration payable in a mix of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. The first deferred 
contingent payment is based on profit performance in the year to 31 December 2020 and 
the second payment is based on the average profit performance for the two years ended 
31 December 2022. Payment of the deferred contingent consideration is conditional upon 
the vendor remaining in Ebiquity’s employment and is therefore deemed to be post-date 
remuneration in accordance with IFRS 3 (revised). No payment was earned in respect of 
the year ended 31 December 2020, since although Digital Decisions’ revenue increased 
significantly, its profit did not reach the required threshold. Due to the integration of the 
Digital Decisions service with the Group’s overall digital media products, the basis of the 
revenue included in the performance calculation for the two years ended 31 December 2022 
was amended in January 2021 to include the contribution from all digital media products 
developed by the Digital Innovation Centre. The multiple applied in calculating the 
contingent consideration has been reduced from eight times to six times the average 
of the relevant profits generated in 2021 and 2022. 

On 3 February 2020, the Company agreed to acquire the outstanding 49% interest in its 
subsidiary Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l (‘Ebiquity Italy’) from the founders and minority 
shareholders, Arcangelo DiNieri and Maria Gabrielli. The transaction completed on 
28 May 2020, following the approval of the Group’s audited accounts. The total consideration 
of £3.1 million was based on an average of Ebiquity Italy’s profit before tax and management 
charges for the years ending 31 December 2018 and 2019. The consideration is being paid in a 
combination of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. At completion, 25% of the total consideration 
was settled by the issue of 2,437,628 Ebiquity plc shares and 5% in cash. The remaining cash 
payments totalling £2.3 million were made between August 2020 and March 2021. 

On 24 December 2020, the Group acquired a further 24.95% of the share capital of its 
subsidiaries Ebiquity Russia Limited and Ebiquity Russia OOO from Vladimir Rass, the 
former CEO, for a total payment of US$517,000 (£405,000). The Group now holds 75.05% 
of the share capital of each of these companies. 

Alan Newman
Chief Financial & Operating Officer

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

49

Strategic reportRisks

As with all businesses, Ebiquity 
is exposed to a variety of risks. 

The Board recognises that commercial risks are an inherent 
part of business and that there needs to be an effective 
management of these risks in order to meet the Group’s 
strategic objectives and create shareholder return.

The Board has put in place an organisational structure 
with defined lines of responsibility and has adopted a risk 
management framework as set out below:

The outcome of the risk management process is a 
bottom up/top down risk register which is considered by 
the Audit & Risk Committee. This includes details of the risk, 
the potential impact on the Group, mitigating actions that 
are required and progress against these actions. Significant 
findings from the Audit & Risk Committee are reported to 
the Board, including any that arise from the risk 
management process. 

Whistleblowing procedures are in place for individuals 
to report suspected breaches of laws or regulations or 
other malpractice. The Group also has in place an 
anti-bribery code of conduct which applies to all companies 
within the Group. 

The matters described overleaf are not intended to be an 
exhaustive list of all possible risks and uncertainties but 
highlight the key risks that the business faces and actions 
it takes to mitigate such risks.

Our risk management framework

Board of Directors
		 Leadership of risk 
management

		 Sets strategic objectives, 

risk appetite and considers 
risk tolerance

		 Monitors performance

		 Accountable for the 
effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal control and 
risk management processes

Audit & Risk Committee
		 Delegated responsibility from the 

Board to oversee risk management 
and internal controls, including the 
effectiveness of risk management 
processes

		 Reviews risk register 

Executive Leadership Team
		 Communicates and disseminates 
risk policies across the Group

		 Supports businesses in 

assessing risk

		 Encourages open communication 

on risk matters

		 Appoints Risk Management 

Champions to co-ordinate risk 
management in each business 
area

Risk Management 
Committee
		 Defines risk management roles 
at operational and project levels

		 Uses approach to risk as an 

explicit part of decision-making 
and management of external 
relationships

		 Continuously identifies risks 
and mitigations and updates 
risk register

		 Embeds risk management 

culture in each business area

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

50

Strategic reportRisks continued

Risk

Mitigating actions

Change 
in risk

Link to 
strategy

Covid‑19 
The Covid-19 pandemic is continuing to affect our clients’ businesses 
and the way we work. The duration of this disruption remains uncertain.

Strategy
A new strategy has been announced and this now needs to 
be implemented in a timely and cost-efficient manner.

The Company took cost reduction measures to protect the business 
and preserve cash. During 2020, this included a temporary 20% pay 
reduction taken by the senior management team and the Board, 
a deferral of annual pay reviews and a temporary freeze on recruitment. 
Government support schemes were used where they were available.

Financial forecasting has been taking place more frequently to keep 
up with the ever-changing situation.

Working from home has been implemented across all regions and 
investment in technology to make this work seamlessly has continued. 
Appropriate health and safety measures have been put in place when 
offices have been reopened.

A new organisational structure has been put in place with new roles 
such as Chief Product Officer and Chief Client Officer filled. A new 
Product and Innovation Board will be responsible for ensuring Ebiquity’s 
products remain up to date and are what clients need. The newly 
formed Client and Revenue Board will be responsible for developing 
and delivering strategic growth plans for multinational clients.

Product
Our products need to keep pace with changing market needs 
so that they remain relevant and attractive to our clients.

A new role of Chief Product Officer has been created with a Product 
and Innovation Board to keep existing products under review and 
develop new ones.

1

1    2    3

2

Key:

1  Clients     2  Products     3  Operational efficiency

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

51

Strategic reportRisks continued

Risk

Mitigating actions

Change 
in risk

Link to 
strategy

Staff retention and recruitment 
Our staff remain our greatest asset and the Group relies on skilled 
employees to build and maintain client relationships and win new 
business. The market is competitive and there is a risk we cannot 
attract and/or retain the best talent.

Cybersecurity 
The Company continues to be aware of the increased threat of third 
parties seeking to attack the Group’s IT systems, causing the loss or 
corruption of data.

The Group’s People team seeks to recruit the best talent and to offer 
not only fulfilling work but also competitive remuneration packages 
and to make the workplace a great place to be. Policies and processes 
are in place to allow career progression and development.

The Remuneration Committee considers retention and motivation 
when considering the remuneration framework for executives.

A change to the organisation structure has helped clarify roles 
and responsibilities.

There is continued investment in improving endpoint security, 
endpoint detection and response, patch management automation, 
and multi-layer authentication for remote users.

The Group’s IT function continues to monitor and improve the 
Group’s IT security in light of the continually evolving threat.

Staff undergo regular training to help them understand the threats 
and what they can do to protect the organisation’s IT infrastructure.

Client loss 
There will always be a certain amount of client turnover. Clients may 
reduce their business with us, or move it elsewhere, due to events 
beyond our control, including issues such as macroeconomic uncertainty, 
re-directing expenditure elsewhere, or a reduction in budgeted 
expenditure. 

The loss of a major client unexpectedly, however, could have a material 
impact on resourcing and revenue.

The appointment of a Chief Client Officer and the establishment 
of a Client and Revenue Board to specifically focus on key clients 
demonstrates the Company’s commitment to meeting client demands 
and its aim to broaden the portfolio of products and services available 
to, and taken up by, our clients. 

Consistently providing high quality work and getting regular feedback 
from clients helps maintain strong client relationships. 

1    2    3

1    2    3

1  

Key:

1  Clients     2  Products     3  Operational efficiency

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

52

Strategic reportRisks continued

Risk

Mitigating actions

Misappropriation of assets/fraud 
There is always the risk that fraudulent activity could take place 
by employees of the Group.

The Group puts in place robust policies and procedures to ensure the 
segregation of duties. Bribery and anti-corruption training takes place 
regularly and the annual external audit provides some reassurance 
that this sort of behaviour is not taking place.

Dependency on media agencies 
Ebiquity has a unique relationship with media agencies. In order to 
carry out its services for clients, it requires co-operation from the 
media agencies to provide clients’ data to Ebiquity in a timely and 
suitable format. There is a risk that media agencies do not co-operate 
with Ebiquity and try and frustrate the relationship it has with clients. 

Ebiquity continues to develop good and transparent working 
relationships with the media agencies.

Nick Waters, CEO, has spent most of his career working for media 
agencies and so understands the challenges and issues they face and 
is well-positioned to continue to foster these relationships.

Macroeconomic uncertainty, including Brexit 
As well as the macroeconomic uncertainty from Covid-19, there has also 
been some uncertainty following the end of the Brexit transition period. 
This uncertainty could lead to downward pressure on clients’ budgets. 

The impact of this is likely to vary by sector and geography. Our client 
base is across different sectors and geographies which should help limit 
the risk. Regular feedback from clients is sought to understand the 
impact, if any, these changes are having on them. We continue to keep 
a tight control on our costs and monitor our cash position.

As new products and services are developed, this risk is mitigated 
by having new and exciting offerings for clients.

Change 
in risk

Link to 
strategy

1    2    3

1    2    3

1    2    3

Key:

1  Clients     2  Products     3  Operational efficiency

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

53

Strategic reportBoard of Directors

The Board of Directors (the ‘Board’) has overall responsibility for the Group 
and aims to represent the interests of shareholders and provide leadership 
and control in order to ensure the growth and development of the business.

About
Rob joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2018 
and was appointed Chair on 9 May 2018. He is a member of the 
Audit & Risk Committee and the Remuneration Committee, and 
is Chair of the Nomination Committee.

Experience 
Prior to joining Ebiquity, Rob was CEO of STV Group plc for 
nearly 11 years, where he led their successful transformation into 
a pre-eminent digital media group and oversaw a dramatic increase 
in shareholder value. Prior to STV, Rob was Commercial Director 
at Channel 4 Television for four years and was previously a 
Managing Director with UBS Corporate Finance and the lead 
partner for Deloitte’s TMT Industry Group in Europe. He is currently 
Chair of the AIM-listed data services provider Blancco Technology 
Group plc and Chair of the Met Office.

About
Alan was appointed to the Board on 7 January 2019. He took on 
the role of Interim Chief Executive Officer from 12 November 2019 
until 1 July 2020, when he returned to his original role. 

Experience 
Alan was the CFO of YouGov plc, the AIM listed global market 
research and data analytics group, between 2008 and 2017. 
He is currently a Non-Executive Director of Future plc and Chair 
of Freud Museum London. Prior to YouGov plc, Alan was a partner 
at EY and previously at KPMG, where he provided Board level 
advisory and consulting services specialising in the media, 
technology and telecoms sectors. He is a chartered accountant 
and has an MA in Modern Languages (French and Spanish) 
from Cambridge University.

About
Nick was appointed to the Board as Group Chief Executive Officer 
on 1 July 2020. 

Experience 
Nick has more than 20 years’ experience in senior executive roles 
at leading international media, digital and advertising businesses. 
Prior to Ebiquity, Nick had worked for 10 years at Dentsu Aegis 
Network (formerly Aegis Group), a multinational media and digital 
marketing group. Immediately prior to joining Ebiquity, Nick was 
Executive Chair, UK and Ireland, having previously been CEO for Asia 
Pacific for nine years. Prior to Dentsu Aegis Network, Nick held a 
number of senior roles at global media agency Mindshare over more 
than 10 years, which he joined from international advertising and 
marketing agency Ogilvy & Mather. At Mindshare he progressed to 
become CEO of EMEA having been CEO Asia Pacific and previously 
CEO of Southeast Asia. He has worked with some of the world’s 
largest advertisers and best known brands including Ford Motor Co, 
Unilever, General Motors, Microsoft, HSBC and Pepsico.

About
Tom was appointed to the Board on 21 November 2014. He is a 
member of the Audit & Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee, 
and Nomination Committee.

Experience 
Following senior sales positions with Telia and BT Cellnet, 
Tom founded Virgin Mobile in 1999 and subsequently built the 
business to revenues of £1 billion and 4.3 million customers in eight 
years. He led the company’s IPO in 2004 and eventual sale to NTL 
in 2006. From 2007 he was Chief Executive Officer of Orange, 
leading its turnaround and subsequent successful merger in 2010 
with T-Mobile to create Everything Everywhere (‘EE’). After running 
EE for a further year, he left to pursue private equity opportunities 
and non-executive roles. Tom brings a wealth of international 
business experience and consumer instinct to Ebiquity.

Nick Waters
Group Chief Executive Officer 

Tom Alexander
Non‑Executive Director

Rob Woodward
Non‑Executive Chair

Alan Newman
Chief Financial & 
Operating Officer

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

54

Corporate governanceBoard of Directors continued

About
Julie was appointed to the Board on 21 November 2014. She is 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the 
Nomination Committee.

Experience 
Julie has served in both executive and non-executive capacities on 
the boards of leading companies in the FTSE 100 and FTSE 250, 
as well as a number of major public sector organisations. She has 
chaired the remuneration committees of several company boards 
and served as Chair of Harvey Nash plc from 2013 to 2018. She is 
currently Senior Independent Director of Marshall of Cambridge 
and Chair of Chapter Zero, a board climate forum. Julie has broad 
experience of businesses in professional services such as Ebiquity, 
and of those in the consumer industry and finance sectors, including 
BOC Group, Camelot, Yorkshire Building Society and Greggs. 
Before moving to non-executive roles, she was executive director 
of The Woolwich, responsible for the insurance companies and IT, 
having previously run a global team as a partner at Accenture. 

About
Lorraine joined Ebiquity as Company Secretary in January 2021.

Experience 
Lorraine is a chartered governance professional and accredited 
mediator, who provides board advisory and related consultancy 
services. She is a Non-Executive Director of PHSC plc and a former 
Non-Executive Director of City of London Group plc, both AIM 
listed companies. Lorraine is a Past President and Fellow of ICSA, 
the Chartered Governance Institute. She has held senior governance 
roles at a number of FTSE 350 companies. She ran her own company 
secretarial and corporate governance advisory practice for 13 years, 
which in 2016 she merged with the cosec team at a law firm, where 
she was a partner. Since February 2019, Lorraine has been pursuing 
her own consultancy interests once more.

Julie Baddeley
Non‑Executive Director

Lorraine Young
Company Secretary

About
Richard was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2008. 
He is Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and a member of the 
Nomination Committee. 

Experience 
Richard was CEO of Instinctif Partners, the international business 
communications consultancy, for 12 years from 2006 to 2018. 
He then held the role of Deputy Chair until September 2019. 
Richard is currently an adviser to various media and entrepreneurial 
businesses and is also Chair of the Harpenden Trust. Prior to joining 
Instinctif Partners, Richard was Chief Executive of Huntsworth plc, 
following the merger with Incepta Group plc, where he was the 
Chief Executive and formerly Group Finance Director. An Economics 
graduate from Cambridge University, Richard qualified as a 
chartered accountant with Price Waterhouse in London.

Richard Nichols
Non‑Executive Director

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

55

Corporate governance  
Corporate governance at a glance

The Board supports the QCA Code’s 
corporate governance principles.

Governance framework

Responsible for the strategic direction, investment decisions and proper management of the affairs of the Group. 

Board

The Board delegates responsibility to three principal Committees

Audit & Risk Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Responsible for the overall financial reporting 
of the Company and Group as well as risk 
management and internal controls.

Responsible for reviewing the composition 
of the Board and its committees and 
recommending changes.

Read more on page 60

Read more on page 61

Responsible for the Executive Directors’ remuneration 
and other benefits and terms of employment, including 
performance-related bonuses and share options, as well 
as general guidance on aspects of remuneration.

Read more on page 60

Executive Leadership Team 

Responsible for leading the business and managing 
the P&L, clients, people, and operations.

Read more on page 23

Products and Innovation Board

Responsible for specifying, developing and deploying, 
and maintaining a suite of globally distributed products. 

Client and Revenue Board

Responsible for developing and delivering 
strategic growth plans for multinational clients.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

56

Corporate governanceCorporate governance at a glance continued

Focus areas this year

Strategy

		 New CEO appointed

		 New strategy agreed 
and launched at 
Capital Markets Day

Financial

		 More frequent forecasting 

in light of Covid-19

Increased attention to cash 
management, including review 
of bank covenants

Gender diversity

Board

Governance

		 New organisational structure 

put in place

		 Successful switch to virtual 
Board and Committee 
meetings and AGM

People and culture

		 Culture audit undertaken

		 Diversity and Inclusion 
sponsor appointed

Tenure

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings in 2020

Board member 

Rob Woodward

Nick Waters 

Alan Newman 

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley 

Richard Nichols

Board

10/10

5/5

10/10

10/10

10/10

10/10

Audit & Risk
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

4/4

—

—

4/4

—

4/4

1/1

—

—

1/1

1/1

1/1

4/4

—

—

4/4

4/4

—

1

Women

Men

1

1-3 years

4-8 years

9+ years

3

5

2

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

57

Corporate governance		
Corporate governance report

As Chair I am responsible for the 
governance of the Group and ensuring 
that the Board is effective.

Chair’s governance overview
I am pleased to present the corporate governance report 
for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

As Chair I am responsible for the governance of the 
Group and ensuring that the Board is effective in 
debating, approving, and monitoring the Company’s 
performance, direction, and strategy. I am also responsible, 
in consultation with the Company Secretary, for organising 
the business of the Board and ensuring that proper 
information is supplied to the Board in a timely way. 

Rob Woodward 
Chair

The Board is committed to delivering good corporate 
governance which is appropriate for the size and nature 
of the Group’s activities. I recognise that shareholders look 
to the Board to promote the long-term success of the 
Company and that effective governance is crucial to achieve 
this. As Chair it is my role to provide leadership to enable the 
Board to do so. The corporate governance report describes 
the framework for corporate governance and internal 
controls that the Directors have in place. 

Since Nick Waters joined as Group Chief Executive 
Officer in July 2020, he has worked with the Board and 
the management team to undertake a fundamental 
review of the business. This process was approached with 
the objective to simplify, clarify, and focus the business. 
The resulting strategy, as set out in this annual report, 
is one of continuity, evolution, and change. Sound corporate 
governance will help to ensure the strategy is executed in 
a way that is positive for all stakeholders.

The Board has applied the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘QCA Code’) since 
July 2018 under Rule 26 of the AIM Rules. The Board 
continues to support the QCA Code’s corporate 
governance principles and believes they provide a 
mechanism that is sufficiently robust but still flexible, 
which is appropriate and suitable for our business. 
The Board believes it complies with all the principles of 
the QCA Code. A copy of the QCA Code is available from 
www.theqca.com. 

Rob Woodward 
Chair

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

58

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board of Directors
Role of the Board
The Board is responsible for the strategic direction of 
the Group and the appropriate management of its 
resources. The Directors are also collectively responsible 
for acting in the way which they consider, in good faith, 
is most likely to promote the success of the Company for 
the benefit of its shareholders as a whole. In doing so, 
the Directors have regard to the interests of employees 
and the need to foster business relationships with suppliers, 
customers, and other stakeholders, in addition to other 
relevant considerations. Further information on how the 
Directors fulfil their responsibilities and how the Board 
engages with the Company’s key stakeholders can be 
found in the section 172 report on page 43. A statement 
of the Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the annual 
report and financial statements is set out on page 77.

Composition of the Board and roles of the Directors
Nick Waters joined the Board as Group Chief Executive 
Officer on 1 July 2020. Alan Newman had been Interim 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since 
12 November 2019 when Michael Karg resigned from the 
Board. From 1 July 2020, Alan reverted to his previous 
position as Chief Financial & Operating Officer. 

The Board of Directors now comprises an independent 
Non-Executive Chair, three further independent 
Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors. 
The Board is satisfied that it has a suitable balance of 
skills, knowledge, and experience to enable it to discharge 
its duties and responsibilities effectively. 

The Chair’s principal role is to lead the Board in determining 
the Group’s future direction and strategy and monitoring 
the achievement of its agreed goals and objectives. 
The Chair is responsible for setting the agenda for, and 
organising the business of, the Board as well as ensuring 
its effectiveness. 

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting 
long-term strategy, developing appropriate business plans, 
agreeing management KPIs and leading the Executive 
Directors and senior leadership team in the day-to-day 
running of the Group’s business. He is responsible for 
primary shareholder communications and ongoing 
relationships with investors and the Chair is also actively 
involved in maintaining communications with investors. 
The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial & 
Operating Officer regularly meet with investors and 
analysts to discuss the performance of the business and 
its strategy. In addition, once a year, the Chair and Company 
Secretary invite investors to meet them to discuss corporate 
governance matters.

Appointment, election and re-election of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association provide that at each 
AGM of the Company, one-third of the Directors must retire 
by rotation. At this year’s AGM, Tom Alexander and 
Julie Baddeley will offer themselves for re-election by 
shareholders. Having been appointed to the Board since 
the last AGM, Nick Waters will be subject to election by 
shareholders at the AGM as well. 

The Board is satisfied that the contributions of all of the 
Directors who are standing for election and re-election, 
continue to be effective and they demonstrate sufficient 
time commitment to their roles. The Board also believes 
that both Tom Alexander and Julie Baddeley are 
independent in character and judgement. The Board 
acknowledges that Richard Nichols reached 12 years’ 
tenure as a Non-Executive Director in November 2020. 
After evaluation, the Board has determined that Richard 
remains independent in character and judgement in his role 
as Non-Executive Director. 

Biographical details of the Directors, including the 
committees on which they serve, are on pages 54 and 55. 

The Board’s responsibilities
The principal matters considered by the Board include:

the Company’s strategy, performance and outlook;

		 approving the annual budget and quarterly reforecasts;

the Group’s risk management and internal controls;

the Group’s financial results for the full and half year;

the Company’s dividend policy;

		 major capital projects; and

		 corporate governance matters including QCA Code 

compliance.

As part of good governance, there are certain matters 
which are not appropriate to be delegated to 
management and should be reserved for consideration by 
the Board. The Board has formally approved a written list 
of such matters, which is available on Ebiquity’s website at 
www.ebiquity.com. 

Board meetings
During the year the Board met formally on 10 occasions. 
Due to the impact of Covid-19, many of the Board meetings 
that would ordinarily have been held in person were held by 
video conference.

The Board receives monthly management accounts and 
other relevant information as appropriate in advance of 
each Board meeting. This information is made available 
electronically via an online Board portal. Directors are able 
to access this information at any time, including after Board 
meetings. There are a number of standing agenda items 
reviewed by the Board at each regular Board meeting, 
including updates from the Chair, CEO, CFOO and 
Company Secretary. 

Detailed minutes are taken of all Board meetings, which 
are circulated to the Board and approved at the following 
Board meeting.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

59

Corporate governance		
		
		
		
Corporate governance report continued

Board of Directors

Chair

Rob Woodward 
Non-Executive Chair

Executive 
Directors

Nick Waters 
Chief Executive Officer

Alan Newman 
Chief Financial 
& Operating Officer

Non‑
Executive 
Directors

Tom Alexander 
Non-Executive 
Director

Julie Baddeley 
Non-Executive 
Director

Richard Nichols 
Non-Executive 
Director

Board committees

Audit & Risk  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

2020 membership

2020 membership

2020 membership

Richard Nichols (Chair)

Rob Woodward (Chair)

Julie Baddeley (Chair)

Tom Alexander

Rob Woodward

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley

Richard Nichols

Tom Alexander

Rob Woodward

Advisers to the Board and its committees
All Directors have access to the advice of the Company 
Secretary, who attends all Board meetings. The Board 
seeks advice from external advisers, including legal, tax, 
and remuneration advisers, on various matters as and 
when appropriate. The Company’s auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, attend meetings of the 
Audit & Risk Committee. Directors may take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense as and 
when necessary to support the performance of their 
duties as directors of the Company.

Risk management
The Company’s approach to risk is set out on pages 
50 to 53. 

Board committees
The Board has constituted several committees to support 
it in the performance of its functions. The principal 
committees are the Audit & Risk Committee, the 
Remuneration Committee, and the Nomination Committee. 
The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the 
committees. The terms of reference of each committee 
are available on the Group’s website. 

Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible for the overall 
financial reporting of the Company and Group. 
The Committee currently comprises Richard Nichols (Chair), 
Tom Alexander, and Rob Woodward. The Board considers 
Richard Nichols to have recent and relevant financial 
experience as he is a qualified chartered accountant and 
has served as the finance director and chief executive 
officer of listed and private companies. The Chief Financial 
& Operating Officer also attends most meetings at the 
invitation of the Committee Chair. 

The purpose of the Audit & Risk Committee is to ensure 
good financial practices are in place throughout the Group, 
to monitor that controls are in force to ensure the integrity 
of financial information, to review the interim and annual 
financial statements, to assess the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Company’s risk management systems, 
and to provide a line of communication between the Board 
and the external auditors. The Committee has access to the 
external auditors as well as those responsible for preparing 
financial information within the Group. 

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee currently comprises 
Julie Baddeley (Chair), Tom Alexander, and Rob Woodward. 
The Executive Directors attend the meetings at the 
invitation of the Committee Chair but are not present 
for any discussions regarding their own remuneration. 
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for the 
Executive Directors’ remuneration and other benefits 
and terms of employment, including performance-related 
bonuses and share options, as well as general guidance 
on aspects of remuneration.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

60

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board committees continued
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee currently comprises 
Rob Woodward (Chair), Tom Alexander, Julie Baddeley, and 
Richard Nichols. It meets as necessary and has responsibility 
for nominating candidates to the Board for appointment as 
directors, bearing in mind the benefits of diversity and a 
broad representation of skills across the Board.

Board evaluation 
The Chair, in conjunction with the Company Secretary, 
takes on the role of organising an annual Board evaluation. 
The Company Secretary also co-ordinates an evaluation of 
the Chair’s performance. Feedback is obtained and shared 
and actions agreed to continuously improve the functioning 
of the Board. All Directors complete a questionnaire on the 
structure and the performance of the Board and its 
committees which is sent to the Company Secretary who 
collates the scores and provides commentary with 
suggested recommendations for actions to be taken. 
The Board discusses the outcome of the review and 
agrees any future actions arising from it. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid conflicts of interest 
with the Company. The Company Secretary keeps a register 
of the Directors’ other interests and potential conflicts 
which is regularly reviewed and updated as necessary. 
At the beginning of each Board meeting the Directors 
confirm they have no conflicts of interest in relation to 
the matters being considered.

Shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of effective 
communication with its shareholders, to ensure that its 
strategy and performance are clearly understood. 
The Company communicates with shareholders through 
the annual report and financial statements, full-year 
and half-year results announcements, trading updates, 
the AGM, and face-to-face meetings. In November 2020, 
a Capital Markets Day was held, giving shareholders 
the opportunity to meet key members of the Group’s 
management team, understand the outcome of the 
strategic review and learn more about the business.

A range of corporate information (including copies of 
presentations and announcements) is available on the 
Company’s website at www.ebiquity.com. The Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial & Operating Officer and 
the Chair regularly meet with institutional shareholders and 
the Board is kept informed of their views and any feedback. 
These meetings have continued by videoconference during 
the Covid-19 pandemic, when it has not been possible to 
meet in person. Although the 2020 AGM also had to be held 
by videoconference, shareholders had the opportunity to 
attend the meeting and to ask questions. Shareholders 
were also able to appoint the Chair of the meeting as their 
proxy to cast their votes on the business before the meeting.

Whistleblowing and the Bribery Act 2010
The Company has established arrangements by which 
individuals may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in matters of financial reporting and other 
matters. The Group has a code of conduct, including its 
anti-bribery policy, which extends to all of its business 
dealings and transactions everywhere that it operates.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

61

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

The main principles of the QCA Code are set out below together 
with, in broad terms, how Ebiquity complies with them.

Principle 1

Principle 2

Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders
Further details of the Company’s business model and strategy are set out on pages 15 to 17.

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations
As set out in this corporate governance report, the Directors actively seek to build relationships with shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer and 
the Chief Financial & Operating Officer are responsible for shareholder liaison and present to the major shareholders and analysts after the publication 
of both the full and half-year results. As well as a presentation of the results, the meetings give shareholders the opportunity to ask any questions and 
discuss their needs and expectations. The Chair and the Company Secretary also meet with major shareholders as required. Other meetings are 
welcomed by the Directors as and when the need arises. The AGM is an opportunity for all shareholders to meet the Board and ask any questions.

Principle 3

Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long-term success
The Company’s key stakeholders (in addition to shareholders) are employees, clients, suppliers and trade bodies. 

Details of the Company’s stakeholder engagement can be found in the section 172 statement on pages 43 to 45.

Principle 4

Principle 5

Principle 6

Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation
The Board retains ultimate control and responsibility for the risk management of the Group. The risk management approach adopted by the Board 
is set out on pages 50 to 53. 

Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair
The Board comprises an independent Non-Executive Chair, three independent Non-Executive Directors and two full-time Executive Directors. All Non-Executive 
Directors have letters of appointment which state their time commitment. Non-Executive Directors are required to commit an average of 12 days per year, 
including attending Board and committee meetings, the AGM and any other shareholder meetings. The Chair commits to four days per month carrying out 
his role. Further details about the number of Board and committee meetings held during the year and attendance at those meetings are set out on page 57. 

Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities
The Board is satisfied that it has an appropriate mix of skills and experience. The Non-Executive Directors have worked in a variety of industries in 
different roles and bring valuable knowledge and insight. The Directors have finance, consulting and media expertise and senior management skills. 
Biographies for each of the Directors are set out on pages 54 and 55. 

All Directors receive timely information in advance of Board meetings and receive management accounts regularly. The Directors have direct access 
to the services of the Company Secretary and are able to take external independent advice where required.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

62

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Principle 7

Principle 8

Principle 9

Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement
The Chair, in conjunction with the Company Secretary, organises an annual Board evaluation. Feedback is obtained and shared, which leads to actions 
to be taken to continuously improve the functioning of the Board. For the year ending 31 December 2020, all Directors completed a questionnaire on 
the structure and the performance of the Board and its committees. This was sent to the Company Secretary who collated the scores and comments. 
The Board discussed the outcome of the questionnaire and a set of actions has been put in place to address issues raised. 

Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours
The Company ensures that policies and procedures are in place to cover matters such as anti-bribery and corruption, business ethics, and modern 
slavery. The Company has commissioned a diversity report and has a number of diversity working groups to ensure it functions as a diverse and 
inclusive organisation. The regular ‘all staff’ webinars encourage open and honest discussions. 

Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making by the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the strategic direction and proper management of the affairs of the Group. The Directors are collectively 
responsible for acting in a way which they consider is most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of shareholders as a whole. 

The roles of the Directors are set out on page 59.

The Board has constituted several committees to help it in the performance of its functions. The principal committees are the Audit & Risk Committee, 
the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination Committee. Full terms of reference are published on the Company’s website (www.ebiquity.com) 
and the principal responsibilities are set out on pages 60 and 61.

As part of good corporate governance there are certain matters which are not appropriate to be delegated to management and should be reserved for 
consideration by the Board as a whole. The full list of such matters is available on the Company’s website (www.ebiquity.com) and they include:

		 approving annual budgets and quarterly forecasts;

		 changes to the Group’s capital structure;

		 approving the dividend policy; and

reviewing non-routine regulatory news announcements made by the Company.

Principle 10

Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other 
relevant stakeholders
The Company communicates with shareholders through its annual report and accounts, the Annual General Meeting, face-to-face meetings with 
major shareholders and results presentations. A range of corporate information (including all regulatory announcements and annual reports and 
accounts) is available to all shareholders and stakeholders on the Company’s website at www.ebiquity.com. 

The website contains details of all votes cast by shareholders at its Annual General Meeting and this is also announced after the meeting.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

63

Corporate governance		
Audit & Risk Committee report

Introduction
I am pleased to present the report of the Audit & Risk 
Committee (the ‘Committee’) for the year ended 
31 December 2020. This report details the Committee’s 
role and responsibilities and key activities during the year. 
Although the Board has ultimate responsibility for the 
Group’s system of internal control and for managing the 
Group’s risks, the Board has delegated to the Audit & Risk 
Committee oversight of the Group’s financial reporting 
and the Group’s risk management process which aims to 
identify and mitigate significant risks. 

The Board has delegated to the Audit & Risk 
Committee oversight of the Group’s financial reporting 
and the Group’s risk management process.

Richard Nichols
Audit & Risk Committee Chair

Composition of the Audit & Risk Committee
All of the members of the Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors with a combination of accounting, 
financial and commercial experience. The Board considers 
Richard Nichols, who chairs the Committee, to have recent 
and relevant financial experience. Richard is a chartered 
accountant with significant financial and commercial 
experience in both listed and unquoted companies. 
His biography is set out on page 55.

The Committee met four times during the year. 
The attendance of its members is set out in the table on 
page 57. Meetings of the Committee are also normally 
attended by the Group Chief Executive Officer, the 
Chief Financial & Operating Officer, the Company 
Secretary and other members of senior management, 
together with representatives from the external auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’), which ensures the 
Committee and the external auditors have access to all 
relevant financial and operational knowledge. 

The Committee also meets with the external auditors 
without the Executive Directors and other senior 
management present to ensure it maintains an independent 
view and the Committee also meets alone when required.

Role and responsibilities of  
the Audit & Risk Committee
The Committee’s terms of reference can be found on the 
Company’s website. The principal responsibilities of the 
Committee include:

		 monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 

statements, including a review of significant financial 
reporting issues and judgements;

		 considering the Group’s accounting policies and practices 

and the application of accounting standards;

		 overseeing the relationship with the Group’s external 

auditors and reviewing their independence and objectivity, 
the effectiveness of the external audit process and the 
appointment, reappointment and removal of the 
external auditors;

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

64

Corporate governanceAudit & Risk Committee report continued

Role and responsibilities of  
the Audit & Risk Committee continued

reviewing the Group’s financial controls and other 
internal reporting systems;

reviewing progress on implementing control 
improvements; and

		 keeping under review the adequacy and effectiveness 
of the Company’s risk management systems. Further 
information on the Group’s approach to risk is set out 
on pages 50 to 53. 

Activities during the year
The key matters that the Committee considered during the 
year are listed below.

In respect of the Group’s financial statements and interim 
accounts:

the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill and 
intangible assets: the Committee undertakes annually 
an impairment test of the carrying value of any 
cash-generating unit and also assesses at each half year 
whether there are any indicators of impairment. In its test, 
the Committee reviews the key assumptions in the 
assessment of goodwill and the sensitivity of these 
assumptions and impact on the carrying value of goodwill 
and intangible assets. On this basis the Committee makes 
recommendations to the Board in this regard;

revenue recognition: the Committee reviewed the 
quantum of accrued/deferred income and the judgement 
applied by management in calculating revenue recognition 
cut-off. The Committee reviewed the quality of evidence 
available to support revenue recognition;

		 prior year adjustment: during the year, a misstatement 
was discovered in the balance sheet of subsidiary Firm 
Decisions ASJP LLC as at 31 December 2019. This followed 
an internal review of balance sheet items by the Group 
finance team as part of enhanced internal control 
procedures put in place by the Chief Financial Officer 
during the last year. The causes of this error were specific 
to the unit involved and related to the misstatement of 
accrued income and revenue balances for which process 
and system improvements have been made to avoid any 
recurrence. The Committee also agreed to formalise the 
programme of internal accounting and controls reviews 
which will report to the Committee Chair. In accordance 
with IAS 8, the financial statements for 2019 and 2018 
have been re-stated to reflect this adjustment; 

		 presentation and disclosure of highlighted items: the 
Committee reviewed the nature and quantum of the 
items proposed by management to be classified as 
highlighted, to ensure they were consistent with the 
Group’s accounting policies and to ensure full disclosure 
had been made in the financial statements;

		 capitalisation of intangibles: the Committee reviewed 
the nature and quantum of the system development 
costs proposed by management to be capitalised, 
together with the period over which the capitalised items 
will be amortised, to ensure they are consistent with the 
Group’s accounting policies;

impact of IFRS 16: the Committee reviewed the impact 
and adoption of the new IFRS 16 accounting standard;

taxation: the Committee reviewed the significant 
components of the tax charge and provision and the 
overall effective tax rate of the Group as a whole; and

		 going concern: in accordance with the guidance issued by 
the Financial Reporting Council, the Committee reviewed 
the specific consideration made by the Directors to the 
potential impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the global 
economy, business environment in which the Group 
operates, and its business in particular. As at the date 
of this report this impact remained difficult to predict.

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings, 
described in note 19 to the financial statements. As at 
31 December 2020, the Group had cash balances of 
£11,121,000 and undrawn bank facilities available of 
£5,000,000, was cash generative and within its 
banking covenants.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed 
to covenant waivers and modifications where required in 
order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

The existing covenants remained in place for the 
12 months to March 2020 and June 2020 and were 
achieved. In response to the disruption caused by the 
Covid-19 pandemic, modified covenants were agreed 
with the lenders in May 2020 which applied from 
July 2020 to 30 November 2021. In March 2021, a further 
covenant amendment was agreed with the lenders. 

In assessing the going concern status of the Group 
and Company, the Directors have considered a range of 
scenarios, taking account of reasonably possible changes 
in trading performance and the Group’s cash flows, 
liquidity and bank facilities. These includes a base case 
and scenarios to form a severe but plausible 
downside case. 

The base case assumes growth in revenue and 
EBITDA when compared to the outturn of FY20 and that 
trading will recover to 2019 levels by 31 December 2022. 
The severe but plausible case assumes a downside 
adjustment to revenue of 7%, offset by mitigating 
factors within the control of the Directors. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

65

Corporate governance		
		
		
		
		
		
Audit & Risk Committee report continued

Activities during the year continued
		 going concern: continued

Under both of these cases, there is headroom on 
covenant compliance and liquidity throughout the 
going concern period.

The Directors have also considered a scenario that leads 
to a breach of covenants; a form of reverse stress test. 
Actual trading in FY21 and the proportion of secured 
revenue at this time, is ahead of last year and whilst 
there is inherent uncertainty in trading for the second 
half of FY21 and into FY22, trading levels would need to 
significantly reduce to a level that is consistent with FY20 
for there to be a breach in covenants. This scenario is not 
deemed plausible by the Directors. 

The Directors are satisfied that based on the current 
trading performance of the Group and Company, 
the proven ability of the Group and Company to work 
remotely and still serve clients during the pandemic and 
the current vaccine roll outs, the downside assumptions 
considered at the half year are no longer plausible.

As a result of these scenarios, the Directors consider 
that the Group and Company will have sufficient liquidity 
within existing bank facilities, totalling £24,000,000 to 
meet its obligations during the next 12 months and hence 
consider it appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on a going concern basis. 

External auditors
PwC have been the Group’s auditors since 2012, when 
a full tender process was carried out. The original audit 
partner served from PwC’s appointment until completion 
of the audit for the year ended 31 December 2016, when 
he rotated off the audit. A new partner was appointed for 
the audit of the Company’s financial statements for the 
year commencing 1 January 2017. A review of PwC’s 
independence is carried out each year before a 
recommendation is made to the Board to propose 
PwC for re-election at the AGM. In assessing PwC’s 
independence, the Committee received confirmation that, 
in its professional judgement, PwC are independent within 
the meaning of relevant UK regulatory and professional 
requirements.

With regard to Ebiquity’s external auditors, 
the Committee’s principal activities were to:

		 approve the terms of engagement and fees;

		 approve the annual audit plan;

review the audit findings and management’s response; 
and

		 evaluate the auditors’ independence and objectivity.

Provision of non‑audit services
The Committee reviews with management the engagement 
of the external auditors for non-audit services and the level 
of associated non-audit fees. Details of fees paid to PwC 
during the year are outlined in note 4 to the financial 
statements. During the year PwC did not carry out any 
non-audit services and accordingly there were no non-audit 
fees paid for the period. 

Richard Nichols
Audit & Risk Committee Chair

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

66

Corporate governance		
Remuneration Committee report

Corporate governance

The Company, like many businesses, has been 
impacted by Covid-19 and remuneration for the 
year takes this into account.

Julie Baddeley
Remuneration Committee Chair

Introduction
I am pleased to present the report of the Remuneration 
Committee (the ‘Committee’) for the year ended 
31 December 2020. This report details the Company’s 
overall approach to pay, benefits, and incentives for its 
executives and the remuneration arrangements that are 
in place for the Directors.

During the year, the Committee considered the 
remuneration package for our new Group Chief Executive 
Officer and changes to the package for our Chief Financial 
& Operating Officer on an interim basis while he held both 
roles. The Covid-19 pandemic also brought challenges and 
many of the senior team, including the Board, took 
temporary salary and fee cuts. Further details of these 
are given below.

There were no bonus payments in respect of 2019. For 2020, 
Nick Waters will receive a bonus of £100,000 which was 
contractually agreed at the time of his appointment. 
No other bonuses will be paid for 2020. The Committee 
has agreed the framework for a bonus plan for 2021 
which is based on financial targets and personal objectives. 
Group operating profit for 2021 has to reach a threshold 
level pre-determined by the Committee before any bonus 
payments will be made. For the LTIP, there were no awards 
in 2020. Now the new strategy and executive team are in 
place, we expect to make awards immediately following 
the announcement of the full-year results for 2020, 
with an absolute EPS target measured over three years. 
The CEO will receive an award of 150% of base salary 
and the CFOO will receive an award of 50% of base salary. 

Julie Baddeley
Remuneration Committee Chair

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

67

Remuneration Committee report continued

Corporate governance

Remuneration framework
The Board recognises the need to have the right 
remuneration framework in place in order to attract and 
retain people with industry-leading skills, knowledge and the 
experience needed to develop and grow the business, and to 
incentivise them to deliver the strategy and promote 
long-term sustainable success. The Committee considers 
the following when setting the remuneration framework:

the responsibility of the executive’s role, their experience 
and performance;

the remuneration arrangements in place for the wider 
workforce;

		 market practice at other companies of a similar size and 
complexity as well as at other companies in the sector;

the need to attract and retain executives of the right 
calibre with the required skills and the need to get the 
right balance of short and long-term incentives; and

the need for the short and long-term incentives to be 
aligned with the Group’s strategy.

For all Executive Directors, the Committee may make 
use of some or all of the remuneration components set 
out in the following tables. 

Executive Directors
Base salary

Key features

Reflects market practice commensurate with the role and the geography of the executive. 
Reviewed annually to take account of cost of living adjustments, market comparators and 
the individual’s performance in the role.

Purpose and link 
to strategy

To provide a core level of reward for the completion of core duties. Set at a level to attract 
and retain employees of a sufficient calibre and expertise to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Maximum opportunity

There is no prescribed maximum salary or salary increase, but the Company regularly 
reviews relevant talent markets and the Committee uses its discretion to award increases 
when it considers it necessary. The Committee takes account of base salary increments 
in the rest of the workforce when making any adjustments to executive salaries.

Performance 
measures

The Committee considers the executive’s performance during the period since the 
last review.

Benefits

Key features

The Remuneration Committee ensures that arrangements for Executive Directors are in 
line with general policies for the workforce, including, but not limited to, private medical, 
life and critical illness insurances, and personal pension contributions.

Purpose and link 
to strategy

To provide current and future heath and security for the executive and their dependants 
in line with local market practice.

Maximum opportunity

The value of benefits is not capped, but the Committee will consider the aggregate value 
of any benefits when determining what, if any, should be offered.

Performance 
measures

Not applicable.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

68

		
		
		
		
Corporate governance

Remuneration Committee report continued

Executive Directors continued
Pension

Key features

Executive Directors are entitled to receive employer contributions to a personal 
pension plan.

Purpose and link 
to strategy

To provide Executive Directors with long-term savings for the future in line with market 
practice. 

Maximum opportunity Maximum contribution of 3% of base salary in line with pension arrangements for the 

Performance 
measures

wider workforce.

Not applicable.

Annual performance bonus

Key features

Discretionary annual cash bonus depending on achievement of Group financial targets 
and personal objectives. Targets are reviewed annually by the Committee.

Purpose and link 
to strategy

To incentivise the individual to achieve against a set of agreed short-term financial 
objectives and personal achievements.

Maximum opportunity

A maximum of 100% of salary may be earned by any one Director in a financial year.

Performance 
measures

The overall bonus target is linked to budgeted operating profit as well as personal 
objectives relating to the Group’s overall strategy.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

69

Corporate governance 

Remuneration Committee report continued

Executive Directors continued
Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

Key features

Awards are made under the Ebiquity 2012 Executive Share Option Plan (the ‘Plan’). 
The awards are subject to continued employment and the achievement of certain financial 
performance conditions. The Committee may adjust and amend awards in accordance with 
the LTIP rules. Awards are made according to role, performance and perceived future value.

Purpose and link 
to strategy

The provision of an LTIP is intended to provide incentives for longer-term growth and value 
creation through shareholder returns. It aligns the Executive Directors’ interests with those 
of shareholders.

Maximum opportunity

Awards typically do not exceed 100% of salary and are subject to a maximum of 200% 
of salary in exceptional circumstances.

Performance 
measures

Performance conditions are chosen by the Committee to support the delivery of the 
Company’s strategy and provide alignment between Executive Directors and shareholders. 
Performance conditions may vary each year depending on the financial and strategic 
priorities and performance. Awards granted in 2019 were based on the achievement of 
adjusted EPS and TSR performance conditions, as further detailed below. There were no 
awards in 2020. Awards made in 2021 will be based on the achievement of an absolute EPS 
performance condition.

Non‑Executive Directors
Fees

Key features

Fees for the NEDs are determined by the Executive Directors to reflect the time 
commitment and responsibility (including being a member of, or chairing, the Board 
committees).

Purpose and link 
to strategy

Set at a level to attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of a sufficient calibre with 
relevant skills and expertise to assist in establishing and monitoring the Group’s strategy.

Maximum opportunity

There is no prescribed maximum, but the Company regularly reviews the fees and takes 
into account relevant market data.

Performance 
measures

Evaluation of the Board’s performance takes place annually.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

70

Remuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ remuneration in the year ended 31 December 2020

Executive 

Nick Waters1 

Alan Newman2

Michael Karg3 

Kevin McNair4 

Morag Blazey5 

Non‑Executive6

Rob Woodward

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley 

Richard Nichols

Salary/fees
£’000

Taxable
benefits
£’000

158

263

—

—

—

81

33

33

33

601

4

18

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

22

Corporate governance 

Year ended
31 December 
2020
Total
£’000

Year ended
31 December 
2019
Total
£’000

262

281

—

—

—

81

33

33

33

—

241

362

63

—

85

35

35

35

856

Bonus
£’000

100

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

100

723

1.  Nick Waters joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer on 1 July 2020. His salary was set at £350,000 per annum. He took a 20% salary cut from July to September 2020.
2.  Alan Newman was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 7 January 2019. His salary was set at £225,000. On 12 November 2019, he also took on the role of Interim Chief Executive Officer and his salary was increased to £350,000 per annum 

for the period of time he spent in this role. He took a 20% salary cut from April to June 2020. On 1 July 2020, he became Chief Financial & Operating Officer with a salary of £225,000 per annum.

3.  Michael Karg stepped down as a director on 12 November 2019 and his employment ceased on 31 December 2019. His salary during the period was £400,000 per annum and he received £18,614 of taxable benefits. In January 2020, Michael 

received a payment totalling £513,017 in lieu of base salary, pension and healthcare benefits for his notice period, his accrued but untaken holiday, and in settlement of other provisions in connection with cessation of employment. This amount 
is not included in the salary/fees columns above.

4.  Kevin McNair resigned as Interim Chief Financial Officer on 7 January 2019. He received a payment in lieu of part of his notice period.
5.  Morag Blazey ceased to be a director on 2 January 2019.
6.  The Non-Executive Directors took a 20% fee cut from April 2020 to June 2020. 

Pensions
No Director was a member of a Company pension scheme (2019: nil). Contributions totalling £nil (2019: £35,000) were made to Directors’ private pension schemes (£nil to the highest 
paid Director, 2019: £35,000) during the year.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

71

Remuneration Committee report continued

Corporate governance 

Annual bonus
For 2020, the Committee agreed not to operate a bonus plan due to the impact of the pandemic on the Group’s business and results. The Group also benefited from various government 
support schemes during the pandemic and it was therefore not considered appropriate to make bonus payments for the year. 

However, Nick Waters will receive a bonus of £100,000 in respect of 2020 which was contractually agreed at the time of his appointment. 

Long‑term incentives
There were no LTIP awards granted during the year as the Committee determined that it was appropriate to defer the grant of awards until the new Executive team was in place and 
the strategy had been fully developed.

During the year, no options previously granted to Executive Directors vested or were exercised (2019: nil). 

Outstanding share awards 
Share options were granted to the Interim Chief Executive Officer in December 2019 in respect of the financial year to 31 December 2019 as set out below:

Beneficiary

Grant date

Volume

Exercise price

Performance conditions

Alan Newman

4 December 2019

410,000

£nil

75% of vesting based on EPS growth
The EPS portion of the Award will vest in full if the Company achieves a 15% 
compound annual growth rate or higher in EPS for the financial year to 
31 December 2021 compared to a reference EPS for the financial year to 
31 December 2018. A minimum compound annual growth rate in EPS of 8% 
over this three‐year period will trigger vesting of 30% of the EPS portion of 
the Award. There will be straight‐line vesting between these points.

25% of vesting based on TSR growth
25% of the TSR portion of the Award will vest if the Company’s TSR is 
at least equal to the TSR of the AIM Media Index over the three‐year 
performance period to 31 December 2021. The TSR portion of the Award 
will vest in full if the Company’s TSR is at least 8% per annum greater than 
the average TSR of the companies in the AIM Media Index. There will be 
straight‐line vesting between these points. TSR will be measured based on 
the three-month average TSR to 31 December 2021 compared to the 
three-month average TSR to 31 December 2018.

End of  
performance period

31/12/2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

72

Remuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ interests in share plans 
As at 31 December 2020, the following Director held share options over ordinary shares of 25p each under the Ebiquity 2012 Executive Share Option Plan:

Corporate governance 

Beneficiary 

Alan Newman 

Directors’ interests in the shares of Ebiquity plc

Executive 

Nick Waters 

Alan Newman 

Non‑Executive

Rob Woodward

Tom Alexander 

Julie Baddeley 

Richard Nichols

1.  Or date of appointment, if later. 

Termination payments to Directors
There were no termination payments to Directors during the year. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

Number
as at
31 December
2019

410,000

Share
options
lapsed
during
the year

—

Share
options
vested
during
the year

—

Share
options
granted
during
the year

Number
of share
options at
31 December
2020

Grant
date

End of 
performance 
period

—

410,000

4/12/2019

31/12/2021

31 December 2020

31 December 20191

Ordinary
shares

Options

Ordinary
shares

Options

—

—

—

—

360,000

410,000

160,000

410,000

105,521

—

15,000

100,000

—

—

—

—

39,980 

— 

15,000 

100,000 

—

—

—

—

73

Directors’ report

The Directors present their annual report and 
the audited consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Ebiquity plc is incorporated in England and Wales under 
registered number 3967525. Its registered address and 
principal office is at Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, 
London N1 6DZ. The Company is the ultimate parent of the 
Group. Its overseas operations are carried out through a 
number of subsidiaries (see note 14).

Future developments
The future developments of the Group are considered 
in the strategic report.

Dividends
No dividend is being proposed or paid in respect of the 
year ending 31 December 2020.

Research and development
The Group continues to invest in the development of 
products. During the period, a total of £1,226,000 was 
capitalised in relation to such projects. This has resulted in 
the development of a number of new products and services.

Political donations and political expenditure
It is the Company’s policy not to make political donations 
and, accordingly, no political donations were made and no 
political expenditure was incurred in the period (2019: nil).

Modern Slavery Act 
Ebiquity’s statement regarding the Modern Slavery Act 
2015 can be viewed on its website (www.ebiquity.com). 

Acquisitions
On 8 January 2020, the Group completed the purchase 
of Digital Decisions B.V. (‘Digital Decisions’). The acquisition 
was for an initial cash consideration of €700,000 
(£597,000) with further consideration payable in a mix of 
cash and Ebiquity plc shares. The first deferred payment, 
based on performance for the year ended 
31 December 2020 was £nil and the second payment will 
be based on the average performance for the two years 
ending 31 December 2022. 

On 28 May 2020, the Company completed the acquisition 
of the outstanding 49% interest in its subsidiary Ebiquity 
Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. (‘Ebiquity Italy’) from the founders 
and minority shareholders Arcangelo DiNieri and Maria 
Gabrielli. The total consideration of €3.65 million 
(£3.09 million approximately) was based on an average of 
Ebiquity Italy’s profit before tax and management charges 
for the two years ending 31 December 2019 and is being 
paid in a combination of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. 
At completion, 25% of the total consideration was settled 
by the issue of 2,437,628 Ebiquity plc shares and 5% paid in 
cash. To date €1,277,000 (£1,135,000) has been settled in 
cash and €912,000 (£818,000) has been settled in shares. 
As at 31 December 2020 €1,427,000 (£1,303,000) remains 
outstanding. All contingent consideration payments are 
expected to be paid by March 2021. 

Corporate governance 

On 24 December 2020, the Group acquired a further 24.95% 
of the share capital of its subsidiaries Ebiquity Russia 
Limited and Ebiquity Russia OOO from Vladimir Rass for 
a consideration of US$517,000 (£405,000). It now holds 
75.05% of the share capital of each of these companies. 

Directors 
Details of the Directors serving during the year are 
as follows:

Tom Alexander

Julie Baddeley

Alan Newman

Richard Nichols

Nick Waters – appointed on 1 July 2020

Rob Woodward

The Directors’ biographies are set out on pages 54 and 55. 
Further information about the Directors’ interests in 
Ebiquity plc shares is provided in the Remuneration 
Committee report on pages 67 to 73.

Mark Sanford resigned as Company Secretary on 
26 January 2021 and was replaced by Lorraine Young.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

74

Directors’ report continued

Corporate governance 

Directors’ third‑party indemnity provisions
The Company purchased and maintained throughout the period, and up to the date of this report, Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in respect of its Directors and officers and 
those of its subsidiaries and a deed of indemnity is in place between the Company and each of the Directors.

Employees
Ebiquity is committed to the continuous development of its employees. The Group’s employees are integral to the success of the business and as a result the Group pursues employment 
practices which are designed to attract, retain and develop this talent to ensure the Group retains its market-leading position with motivated and satisfied employees. Further details of 
engagement with employees are set out in the People report on pages 36 and 37 and in the section 172 report on pages 43 to 45.

The Group seeks to recruit, develop and employ throughout the organisation suitably qualified, capable and experienced people, irrespective of sex, age, race, disability, religion or belief, 
marital or civil partnership status, or sexual orientation. The Group gives full and fair consideration to all applications for employment made by people with disabilities, having regard to 
their particular aptitudes and abilities. Where existing employees become disabled, it is the Group’s policy to provide continuing employment wherever practicable in the same or an 
alternative position and to provide appropriate training. It is the policy of the Group that training, career development and promotion opportunities should be available to all employees.

Employees are encouraged to own shares in the Company, and many employees are shareholders and/or hold options under the Company’s share option schemes.

Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans and cash. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to provide finance for the Group’s operations. The Group 
has various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and trade payables, which arise directly from its operations. The operations of the Group generate cash and 
the planned growth of activities is cash generative. Full details of financial instruments are included in note 25 to the financial statements.

Substantial shareholdings
At the date of this report, the Company’s issued share capital consisted of 82,583,254 ordinary shares of 25p each and a total of 78,383,254 voting rights. The Ebiquity plc 2010 Employee 
Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) held 4,200,000 issued ordinary shares to satisfy awards under the Company’s share option plan. The trustee has agreed not to vote on the ordinary shares which 
it holds and therefore 4,200,000 ordinary shares are treated as not carrying voting rights.

At the date of this report, the following had notified the Company that they held 3% or more of the Company’s ordinary share capital, other than the shareholdings held by Directors and 
the EBT. No other person has reported an interest of 3% or more in the Company’s ordinary shares. 

Shareholders 

Artemis Investment Management

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management (Inst)

BGF Investment Management Limited

JO Hambro Capital Management 

Herald Investment Management

River and Mercantile Asset Management

Legal & General Investment Management

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

No of 
issued shares

% of issued 
share capital

% of total 
voting rights

13,344,364

13,000,000

10,501,141

9,500,000

4,341,125

3,120,695

2,995,200

16.16

15.74

12.72

11.50

5.26

3.78

3.63

17.03

16.59

13.40

12.12

5.54

3.98

3.82

75

Directors’ report continued

Corporate governance 

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis. The Group meets its day-to-day working 
capital requirements through its cash reserves and 
borrowings, described in note 19 to the financial statements. 
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had cash balances of 
£11,121,000 and undrawn bank facilities available of 
£5,000,000, was cash generative and within its 
banking covenants.

In assessing the going concern status of the Group 
and Company, the Directors have considered the Group’s 
forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance and the Group’s 
cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. Specifically, the 
Directors have prepared a model to forecast covenant 
compliance and liquidity to 31 December 2022 that includes 
a base case and scenarios to form a severe but plausible 
downside case. 

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank have agreed 
to covenant waivers and modifications where required in 
order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

The existing covenants remained in place for the 12 months 
to March 2020 and June 2020 and were achieved. 
In response to the disruption caused by the Covid-19 
pandemic, modified covenants were agreed with the 
lenders in May 2020 which applied from July 2020 to 
30 November 2021. These require the Group to maintain 
minimum liquidity of at least £5 million at the end of every 
month during that period. In March 2021, a further covenant 
amendment was agreed with the lenders. With effect from 
September 2021, the minimum liquidity covenant will 
increase to £7.0 million and will be in place until June 2022. 
In addition, with effect from September 2021 an interest 
cover covenant will be re-introduced at > 4.0 and an 
adjusted leverage covenant will also be re-introduced 
initially at < 4.0, increasing to < 4.25 in December 2021 and 
to < 4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to < 3.5 in June 2022. 
The original covenants which were in force until June 2020 
will apply again from September 2022 onwards.

The base case assumes growth in revenue and EBITDA 
when compared to the outturn of FY20 and assumes that 
trading will recover to 2019 levels by 31 December 2022. 
The severe but plausible case assumes a downside 
adjustment to revenue of 7%, offset by mitigating 
factors within the control of the Directors. Under both 
of these cases, there is headroom on covenant compliance 
and liquidity throughout the going concern period.

The Directors have also considered a scenario that 
leads to a breach of covenants; a form of reverse stress 
test. Actual trading in FY21 and the proportion of secured 
revenue at this time, is ahead of last year and whilst there 
is inherent uncertainty in trading for the second half of FY21 
and into FY22, trading levels would need to significantly 
reduce to a level that is consistent with FY20 for there to be 
a breach in covenants. This scenario is not deemed plausible 
by the Directors. 

In addition, the downside assumptions that are applied 
to the base case are different from those modelled at 
the half year. The Directors are satisfied that based on the 
current trading performance of the Group and Company, 
the proven ability of the Group and Company to work 
remotely and still serve clients during the pandemic 
and the current vaccine roll outs, the prior downside 
assumptions are no longer plausible.

The Directors consider that the Group and Company will 
have sufficient liquidity within existing bank facilities, 
totalling £24,000,000 to meet its obligations during the 
next 12 months and hence consider it appropriate to prepare 
the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Independent auditors and disclosure 
of information to auditors
All of the current Directors have taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken to make themselves aware of 
any information needed by the Group’s auditors for the 
purposes of their audit and to establish that the auditors 
are aware of that information. The Directors are not 
aware of any relevant audit information of which the 
auditors are unaware.

The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have 
indicated their willingness to continue in office, and a 
resolution for their reappointment will be proposed at 
the Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Notice of the Company’s Annual General Meeting 
accompanies this document and is also available on the 
Company’s website at www.ebiquity.com. 

By order of the Board

Lorraine Young
Company Secretary 

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

76

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s 
and Company’s auditors are unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s and 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and Company financial statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law).

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

state whether applicable international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 have been followed for the Group financial 
statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 have been 
followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

		 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

		 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate 

to presume that the Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

77

Financial statements		
		
		
		
Independent auditors’ report

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

Our audit approach
Overview

		 Ebiquity plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial 
statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s 
affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the group’s loss and the group’s cash flows for 
the year then ended;

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006;

Materiality

Audit
Scope

the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

Key Audit
Matters

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and 
financial statements (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the consolidated and 
company statements of financial position as at 31 December 2020; the consolidated 
income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated 
statement of cash flows, and the consolidated and company statements of changes in 
equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include 
a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) 
(“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described 
in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our 
report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that 
are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Audit scope
		 Six reporting units were audited as full scope entities. 
These units were located in the UK, Germany, France, 
USA and Italy

		 The USA and Italy entities in scope were audited by the Group 

engagement team

		 The components in Germany and France were audited by local 

audit teams

Key audit matters

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (group)

		 Accounting for contract revenue recognition (group)

		 Prior year misstatement (group)

		 Going concern (group and company)

Impact of COVID-19 (group and company)

Impairment of investments (company)

Materiality
		 Overall group materiality: £200,000 (2019: £200,000) based 
on 5% of 3 years weighted average of profit before tax and 
highlighted items.

		 Overall company materiality: £820,000 (2019: £784,000) 

based on 1% of total assets.

		 Performance materiality: £150,000 (group) 

and £615,000 (company).

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

78

Financial statements		
		
		
		
		
		
Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely 
to become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are 
not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. 
Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk 
of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, 
for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of 
most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include 
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our 
procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements 
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of 
material misstatement in the financial statements.

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined in the 
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section, to detect 
material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal 
risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to UK tax legislation, employment 
law, pensions regulations and data privacy law, and we considered the extent to which 
non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of 
the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s 
incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements 
(including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were 
related to management estimates including the impairment of goodwill and intangibles, 
the posting of inappropriate journals to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, 
misappropriation of cash, and unusual journal descriptions. The group engagement 
team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include 
appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures 
performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

		 Discussions with management and the Group’s legal counsel, including consideration 

of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud.

		 Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant 
accounting estimates, including impairment of intangible assets and investments as 
explained in the key audit matter below.

Identifying and testing journal entries to address the risk of inappropriate journals 
referred to above.

		 Reviewing the financial statement disclosures and agreeing to underlying 

supporting documentation.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

79

Financial statements		
Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Prior year misstatement is a new key audit matter this year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (group) 
We focused on this area because management’s assessment of the carrying value of 
goodwill and intangible assets involves subjective assumptions about the future results 
of the business. The key assumptions applied by management were future revenue 
growth, cost assumptions and the discount rate used as set out in note 10 to the 
Group financial statements. 

We focused on those Cash Generating Units (CGUs) we considered to carry more 
judgement because of current year losses or historical underperformance against 
budgets, or for which management’s impairment model gave lower headroom relative 
to other CGUs. The Value In Use (VIU) calculations in relation to the Group’s China CGU 
(goodwill of £2,256k) and Media America CGU (goodwill and intangible assets of £604k) 
were most sensitive to changes in key assumptions. Management have recognised an 
impairment of the total goodwill balance (£817k) in respect of Digital Balance Australia.

We have evaluated management’s future cash flow forecasts, which were prepared 
to a sufficiently detailed level, including comparing them to the latest Board approved 
budgets, testing the integrity of the underlying calculations and assessing how both 
internal and external drivers of performance were incorporated into the projections. 

We also challenged the discount rates used by independently recalculating the cost 
of capital and are satisfied that the rates used are appropriate. Discount rates were 
benchmarked using data provided by our valuations experts. 

In respect of the China and Media America CGUs, we have assessed each of the 
assumptions that have been applied to the impairment model and agree that they 
are reasonable. 

The Media America business under performed in 2020, suffering a decline in revenue 
because of the impact of Covid-19 and a change in senior management. A revised 
strategic plan has been developed and approved by the Board which we have 
reviewed and understood the impact of on the 2021 forecast, which considers 
the impact of Covid-19.  

For both CGUs, we compared the 2020 financial performance to budget and 
understood the reasons for the differences from the forecasts prepared for the 
impairment assessment in the prior year. We also performed sensitivity analysis over the 
key drivers of the cash flow forecasts, in particular the revenue growth, cost assumptions 
and discount rate. Having ascertained the extent of change in those assumptions that 
either individually or collectively would be required for the goodwill and intangible assets 
to be impaired, we considered the likelihood of such movement arising in those key 
assumptions. Therefore, we also examined the disclosures made in the financial 
statements and concluded that they are appropriate given the sensitivity of the 
China and Media America CGU to changes in assumptions.  

We have reviewed management’s rationale for the impairment of Digital Balance 
Australia and agree with management’s conclusion.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

80

Financial statements 
Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accounting for contract revenue recognition (group) 
Income is recognised in accordance with the stage of completion of the contract activity 
for the Media, Analytics & Tech businesses. The stage of completion is determined relative 
to the total number of hours expected to complete the work or provision of services. 
Where recorded revenue exceeds amounts invoiced to clients, the excess is classified 
as contract asset and where recorded revenue is less than amounts invoiced to clients, 
the difference is classified as contract liability. 

Where services are performed by an indeterminate number of acts over a specific 
period, revenue is recognised on a straight line basis over the specific period unless 
there is evidence that some other method better represents the stage of completion. 
If the outcome of a contract cannot be estimated reliably, the contract revenue is 
recognised to the extent of contract costs incurred that it is probable would be 
recoverable. Costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. 

Careful consideration needs to be given to projects open at year end requiring significant 
judgement in respect of the stage of completion and the associated revenue and profit to 
be recognised. The total amount of revenue and profit to be recognised under a contract 
can be affected by changes in conditions and circumstances over time, such as:

		 Variations to the original contract terms

		 Cost overruns

		 Scope changes that require further negotiation and settlement. Variations can 

arise from changing client specifications, changes to the job based on unforeseen 
circumstances (e.g. macroeconomic factors), as well as from inefficiencies on the 
part of either party. 

There can be some uncertainties, therefore, in determining the amounts to be recovered 
from any additional work performed. The risk is, therefore, that contract revenue is not 
recognised in the correct period.

We understood management’s policies and their controls for recording revenue. 
We performed detailed end-to-end walkthroughs of the finance and operational 
processes, utilising our understanding from prior years to reassess the design 
effectiveness of the key internal controls and identify changes, if any. 

We reviewed a sample of the terms and conditions attached to revenue contracts 
and evaluated management’s judgements used to determine the timing of recognition 
of revenue. 

We selected a number of contracts to audit, including those with significant revenue 
recognised in the year or with significant contract assets and a further sample on a 
random basis. To assess whether revenue and profit is accurately recorded, we tested 
the hours completed on a sample of contracts by obtaining an understanding from project 
managers as to the budgeted hours, challenging the assumptions, evaluating the outturn 
of previous estimates and agreeing the actual hours incurred post-year end to the 
forecast for the period. 

We also assessed how the project managers determined that the stage of completion 
was correctly calculated by obtaining their calculations and agreeing the inputs to 
supporting evidence and correspondence with customers. We found that revenue 
was recorded appropriately. 

To test the timing of contract revenue, we challenged management’s judgements on 
the completeness of work for our sample of contracts by checking original contracts, 
amendments to contracts, where applicable (e.g. due to agreed changes in scope), 
and checking that the contractual milestones had been reached. 

No significant issues were noted from our work. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

81

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Prior year misstatement (group) 
During 2020, a misstatement was identified in the accounts of the subsidiary 
FirmDecisions ASJP LLC as at 31 December 2019. This followed an internal review of 
balance sheet items undertaken by the Group finance team as part of an enhanced 
internal review established last year. The issue was caused by the delays in intercompany 
billing and where multiple territories were supporting a single project and in effect 
duplicate external revenue was recognised. In accordance with IAS 8, the financial 
statements for 2019 have been re-stated to reflect this adjustment. 

The impact was a reduction of £600,000 in 2019 Group revenue, a reduction of £148,000 
in retained earnings brought forward as at 1 January 2019 and a reduction of £748,000 
in accrued income as at 31 December 2019. Please refer to Note 1 for details.

Going concern (group and company) 
The Group’s financial statements at 31 December 2020 have been prepared on a going 
concern basis. Refer to the basis of preparation in note 1. The impact of COVID-19 in the 
year has resulted in widespread global disruption affecting the Group’s major markets 
and the countries in which the Group operates. 

Management have obtained amendments to banking covenants as is set out in note 1. 
Management have performed a detailed assessment of forecast liquidity and covenant 
compliance using a base case, a severe but plausible downside case and a reverse stress 
test to conclude whether the application of the going concern assumption 
remains appropriate.

In order to assess the prior year adjustment, the following audit procedures have been 
performed:

		 Tested the contracts for the projects recognised as prior year errors;

		 Reperforming management’s calculations with reference to supporting evidence for 

the transactions identified; 

		 Tested the disclosure in the financial statements to verify compliance with IAS 8. 

To ensure that this misstatement was isolated to the specific subsidiary, in the current 
year accounts we performed additional audit procedures as follows: 

		 Tested accrued income/revenue on the out of scope components where the balance 

exceeds £0.2m (China, Ireland, UAE, Spain, Russia, FD AUS). 

		 Tested a sample of intercompany partners costs and tested that the corresponding 

entity had not recognised external revenue for the same project.

		 Obtained confirmations of accounts receivable for FirmDecisions ASJP LLC and 

Ebiquity Inc. to confirm the existence of debtors. 

		 Performed the review of ageing of accrued income. 

No additional items had been identified as a result of our procedures. 

For our audit response and conclusions in respect of going concern, see the ‘Conclusions 
relating to going concern’ section below. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

82

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impact of COVID-19 (group and company) 
The COVID-19 pandemic, and measures taken by governments in order to contain 
COVID-19 has had a significant impact on a number of markets in which the Group 
operates, in particular, affecting many areas of the Group’s business including its 
employees and customer base. The impact on the group’s and company’s financial 
statements is wide ranging and so our audit devoted significant time to assessing whether 
all impacts had been properly considered by the directors and in obtaining evidence to 
inform our view as to the reasonableness of the significant judgements that the directors 
had made. The main considerations in respect of the impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
and Company’s financial statements are as follows:

		 Going concern – see specific key audit relevant matter above; 

		 Asset impairment assessments – The areas materially impacted by this estimation 

uncertainty are: 

		 Goodwill impairment assessment – see specific key audit matter above; and 

		 Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings impairment assessment 

– see specific key audit matter below; and 

		 Management’s way of working, including the operation of controls, considering a large 
number of staff working remotely. This has resulted in an increase in risk due to the 
remote accessing of IT systems and a potentially heightened cyber risk. 

For our audit response to the impact of COVID-19 on the following areas, see the specific 
key audit matters:

		 Going concern;

		 Goodwill impairment assessment; and

		 Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings impairment assessment. We have 

assessed the appropriateness of management’s disclosures in the financial statements 
in respect of the impact of COVID-19 and the increased uncertainty on certain 
accounting estimates and consider these to be appropriate. We have also performed the 
following additional procedures:

		 Considered the impacts of the pandemic, and specifically the increased level of 

remote working, on the Group’s internal control environment, including fraud risk, 
business process control activities, IT general controls and cyber risk. We performed 
all of our standard walkthrough procedures via video conference. Based on the 
inquiries performed and the results of our audit procedures, we did not identify any 
evidence of a significant deterioration of the control environment;

		 Ensured that we adequately directed, supervised and reviewed the audit work 

undertaken by our significant and material component audit teams in a remote 
working environment, we increased the frequency and extent of our oversight, using 
video conferencing and remote working paper reviews. We were satisfied that the 
audit work performed by these audit teams was sufficient, appropriate and in 
accordance with our issued instructions; and 

		 Considered all potential impacts of the pandemic on the Group’s financial 

statements, based on our understanding of the Group’s operations, to ascertain 
whether all items had been properly considered by the directors. We found no 
instances where such matters had not been considered appropriately. 

Impairment of investments (company) 
The investment in subsidiary companies is a material balance within the Company balance 
sheet and there is risk of impairment if the carrying values are deemed to be in excess of 
the recoverable amount.

We have reviewed investments for indicators of impairment. Where indicators of 
impairment exist, for example where the investment’s carrying value is in excess of its 
net assets, we have obtained management’s impairment assessment. We have audited 
management’s assumptions in the impairment assessment, and we concur with the 
conclusion that no impairment is required as at 31 December 2020. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

83

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to 
give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of 
the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in 
which they operate.

The following matters are considered when determining the scope of the audit 
by component:

		 We identify components which are financially significant to the Group;

		 We identify components considered likely to include a significant risk of material 

misstatement to the Group financial statements; 

		 We consider the findings from prior year audits and assess whether it would provide 
further insight to the Group to revisit certain territories to provide an update; and 

		 We consider if there are any other components that contribute a significant amount to 

key income statement and balance sheet measures and ensure sufficient coverage of each 
material line item in the financial statements is obtained through components in scope. 

We also considered locations visited and those out of scope in the prior three years. 
The scoping calculation is based upon obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial 
statement line item, which varies depending on the risk assessment. The Group operates 
through subsidiaries in the US, Australia, China, UK, France, Germany and other European 
countries. There are three financially significant components being: Ebiquity plc, Ebiquity 
Associates Ltd and Ebiquity Germany GmbH; for the purpose of obtaining required 
coverage over the Group balances, we have also included in our scope Ebiquity Inc. 
and FirmDecisions ASJP LLC (both incorporated in USA), Ebiquity SAS (incorporated in 
France) and Ebiquity Italia S.r.l. (incorporated in Italy). The specified procedures had been 
performed in respect of Digital Decisions B.V. using the Group materiality. The scoping 
calculation is based upon obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial statement line 
item, which varies depending in the risk assessment. We also considered locations visited 
and those out of scope in the prior three years. The scoping calculation is based upon 
obtaining sufficient coverage of each financial statement line item, which varies depending 
on the risk assessment. The Group audit is performed in the UK by the same engagement 
leader and team as audited components incorporated in the UK; the German component 
has been audited by other network firm; the French component has been audited by BDO 
France, local statutory auditor. As part of our audit procedures we have obtained access to 
the audit files of the components not directly audited by PwC UK and have reviewed the 
work performed. In the current year we attended the clearance meetings by conference 
call in Germany and France.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

84

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to 
determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – group

Overall materiality

£200,000 (2019: £200,000).

How we determined it

5% of 3 years weighted average of profit before tax and highlighted items

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit before tax and highlighted items from 
continuing operations is the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing the performance of the 
Group, and is a generally accepted auditing benchmark. In the current year, a 3-year weighted average of this 
benchmark has been calculated given the volatility in trading from the impact of COVID-19. Having regard to the 
loss incurred in the current year, materiality has been capped at the level applied in the prior year. 

Financial statements – company

£820,000 (2019: £784,000).

1% of total assets

Based on total assets as the entity 
holds all of the Group’s subsidiary 
investments and is not a profit 
generating entity.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was 
£40,000 and £190,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. 
Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, 
for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £150,000 for the group financial statements and £615,000 for the 
company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls 
– and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £10,000 (group audit) (2019: £10,000) and £10,000 
(company audit) (2019: £10,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

85

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

		 Assessing the appropriateness of the Group’s cash flow, liquidity and covenant forecasts in 
the context of the Group’s 2020 financial position. We specifically evaluated the impact of 
the COVID-19 pandemic on management’s future cash flow projections. In assessing this 
we considered the Group’s performance in the second half of 2020 when economies 
around the world started to lift restrictions. We also considered external advertising spend 
outlook reports and economic growth forecasts from a variety of sources, as these were 
good indicators of forecast revenue growth;

		 Understanding and assessing the appropriateness of the key assumptions used both in the 
base case and in the severe but plausible downside case, including assessing whether we 
considered the downside sensitivities to be appropriately severe;

		 Corroborating key assumptions to underlying documentation and ensured this was 

consistent with our audit work in these areas; 

		 Obtaining and reviewing documents confirming the change in covenants; 

		 Testing the mathematical accuracy of management’s cash flow models;

		 Validating a sample of secured revenue items within management’s forecast analysis; 

		 Considering the historical accuracy of management’s forecasting and note while there 

have been significant deviations between the original 2020 budget compared to the 2020 
actuals the reforecasting performed by management as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic has been predominantly accurate; and

		 Reviewing the disclosures provided relating to the going concern basis of preparation

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties 
relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not 
a guarantee as to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern 
are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than 
the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the 
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material 
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a 
material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether 
the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 
requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information 
given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2020 
is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material 
misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

86

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Ebiquity plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
financial statements, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue 
an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) 
will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis 
of these financial statements.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and 
balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a 
limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often 
seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other 
cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population 
from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is 
located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s 
members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 
and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or 
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

		 we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

		 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate 

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

		 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Richard Porter (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

25 March 2021

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

87

Financial statements		
Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue 

Project-related costs

Net revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Foreign exchange

Net finance costs

(Loss)/profit before taxation from continuing operations 

Taxation (charge)/credit – continuing operations

(Loss)/profit for the year – continuing operations 

Net profit/(loss) from discontinued operations 

(Loss)/profit for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share – continuing operations

Basic 

Diluted 

Earnings per share – discontinued operations

Basic 

Diluted 

1.  Refer to note 1 for further details.

The notes on pages 93 to 136 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

Note

2

4

6

6

7

8

9

9

9

9

Year ended 31 December 2020

Before 
highlighted
items
£’000

Highlighted
items
(note 3)
£’000

55,907

(6,436)

49,471

(24,784)

24,687

(25,172)

151

(334)

39

(914)

(137)

(1,012)

(1,346)

(26)

(1,372)

—

(1,372)

(1,569)

197

(1,372)

Total
£’000

55,907

(6,436)

49,471

(24,784)

24,687

(27,713)

151

—

—

—

—

—

(2,541)

—

(2,541)

(2,875)

—

—

—

—

(2,541)

176

(2,365)

220

(2,145)

(2,134)

(11)

(2,145)

39

(914)

(137)

(1,012)

(3,887)

150

(3,737)

220

(3,517)

(3,703)

186

(3,517)

(4.81)p

(4.81)p

0.27p

0.27p

Restated1 
Year ended 31 December 2019

Before
highlighted
items 
£’000

Highlighted
items 
(note 3) 
£’000

68,133

(8,857)

59,276

(27,355)

31,921

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

68,133

(8,857)

59,276

(27,355)

31,921

(26,354)

(10,330)

(36,684)

—

5,567

9

(907)

—

(898)

4,669

(1,931)

2,738

—

2,738

2,275

463

2,738

—

—

(10,330)

(4,763)

—

—

—

—

(10,330)

454

(9,876)

(1,018)

(10,894)

(10,882)

(12)

(10,894)

9

(907)

—

(898)

(5,661)

(1,477)

(7,138)

(1,018)

(8,156)

(8,607)

451

(8,156)

(9.55)p

(9.55)p

(1.28)p

(1.28)p

88

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translation of overseas subsidiaries

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

1.  Refer to note 1 for further details.

The notes on pages 93 to 136 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended
31 December
 2020
£’000

Restated1
Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

(3,517)

(8,156)

1,033

1,033

(716)

(716)

(2,484)

(8,872)

(2,670)

186

(2,484)

(9,323)

451

(8,872)

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

89

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2020

Restated1 

Restated1 

31 December
 2020
£’000

31 December
 2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

Note

Restated1 

Restated1 

31 December
 2020
£’000

31 December
 2019
£’000

31 December
2018
£’000

Note

Non‑current assets

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets

Property, plant 
and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Lease receivables

Deferred tax asset

Total non‑current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Assets held for sale

Lease receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets 

Current liabilities

10

11

12

13

13

21

15

13

16

Liabilities held for sale

Accruals and contract 
liabilities

Financial liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Provisions 

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Total current liabilities

44,322

47,060

45,400

28,563

6,135

1,962

6,237

280

1,145

28,409

6,763

2,563

8,339

—

986

24,318

26,838

—

171

11,121

35,610

79,932

—

—

8,236

35,074

82,134

—

—

Non‑current liabilities

34,774

Financial liabilities

8,477

Provisions 

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Total non‑current liabilities

Total liabilities 

Total net assets

Equity 

Ordinary shares

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the 
owners of the parent

Non‑controlling interests

Total equity 

1.  Refer to note 1 for further details.

1,170

—

—

979

29,260

27,734

—

8,793

65,787

111,187

(7,510)

(4,316)

19

20

13

21

22

23

23

23

(19,675)

(13,868)

(34,934)

(412)

(5,820)

(1,090)

(26,997)

(49,186)

30,746

20,646

255

5,461

3,942

30,304

442

30,746

(387)

(7,756)

(1,036)

(23,047)

(44,242)

37,892

20,029

46

4,428

12,210

36,713

1,179

37,892

(67)

—

(1,281)

(36,282)

(63,821)

47,366

19,778

44

5,144

21,408

46,374

992

47,366

18

19

7

20

13

21

(9,890)

(1,912)

(1,703)

—

(2,338)

(250)

(22,189)

(9,084)

(10,640)

22

(4,152)

(300)

(1,834)

(272)

(2,822)

(1,358)

(570)

—

(323)

(21,195)

(27,539)

The notes on pages 93 to 136 are an integral part of these financial statements. 
The financial statements on pages 88 to 92 were approved and authorised for issue 
by the Board of Directors on 24 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by:

Alan Newman
Director

Ebiquity plc. Registered No. 03967525

25 March 2021

Trade and other payables

17

(6,096)

(5,575)

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

90

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2020 

31 December 2018 (as reported)

Impact of restatement at 31 December 2018 

31 December 2018 (as restated)1

(Loss)/profit for the year 2019 (as reported) 

Adjustment for 2019

(Loss)/profit for the year 2019 (as restated)1 

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year 

Shares issued for cash

Share options charge

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

Dividends paid to shareholders

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

31 December 2019 (as restated)1

(Loss)/profit for the year 2020 

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 

Shares issued for cash

Share options credit

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

31 December 2020

Note

22

3

26

22

3

Ordinary
shares
£’000

19,778

—

19,778

—

—

—

—

—

251

—

—

—

—

20,029

—

—

—

8

—

609

—

20,646

Share
premium
£’000

Other
reserves2
£’000

44

—

44

—

—

—

—

—

2

—

—

—

—

46

—

—

—

—

—

209

—

255

5,144

—

5,144

—

—

—

(716)

(716)

—

—

—

—

—

4,428

—

1,033

1,033

—

—

—

—

5,461

Equity 
attributable 
to owners of
the parent
£’000

Non-
controlling
interests
£’000

46,522

(148)

46,374

(8,007)

(600)

(8,607)

(716)

(9,323)

253

195

(252)

(534)

—

36,713

(3,703)

1,033

(2,670)

—

(1,845)

(1,894)

—

30,304

992

—

992

451

—

451

—

451

—

—

(83)

—

(181)

1,179

186

—

186

—

—

(779)

(144)

442

Retained
earnings
£’000

21,556

(148)

21,408

(8,007)

(600)

(8,607)

—

(8,607)

—

195

(252)

(534)

—

12,210

(3,703)

—

(3,703)

(8)

(1,845)

(2,712)

—

3,942

Total
equity
£’000

47,514

(148)

47,366

(7,556)

(600)

(8,156)

(716)

(8,872)

253

195

(335)

(534)

(181)

37,892

(3,517)

1,033

(2,484)

—

(1,845)

(2,673)

(144)

30,746

1.  Refer to note 1 for further details.
2. 

Includes a credit of £3,667,000 (31 December 2019: £3,667,000) in the merger reserve, a gain of £3,272,000 (31 December 2019: £2,239,000) recognised in the translation reserve, and is partially offset by a debit balance of £1,478,000 
(31 December 2019: £1,478,000) in the ESOP reserve. Refer to note 23 for further details. 

The notes on pages 93 to 136 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

91

Financial statementsConsolidated statement of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

Finance expenses paid

Finance income received

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries, 
net of cash acquired

Disposal of subsidiaries

Payments to acquire  
non-controlling interest

Payments in respect of  
contingent consideration

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash (used in)/generated 
by investing activities

Note

27

8

29

19

12

11

Year ended
31 December
 2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
 2019
£’000

5,827

(563)

13

(2,285)

2,992

(597)

18

5,657

(727)

9

(1,345)

3,594

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of share capital 
(net of issue costs)

Proceeds from bank borrowings

Repayment of bank borrowings

Proceeds from government borrowings

Bank loan fees paid

Repayment of lease liabilities

—

Dilapidations payments

24,845

Dividends paid to shareholders

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

(1,539)

(335)

—

(87)

(1,230)

(648)

(2,024)

(1,211)

Capital repayment of finance leases

Net cash flow generated by/(used in) 
financing activities

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents 
and bank overdrafts

(3,435)

20,627

Cash, cash equivalents and bank  
overdraft at beginning of year

Effects of exchange rate changes 
on cash and cash equivalents

Group cash and cash equivalents 
at the end of the year

Year ended
31 December
 2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
 2019
£’000

Note

19

19

19

13

26

—

5,000

—

806

(21)

(2,130)

(300)

—

(144)

—

253

—

(20,000)

—

(204)

(1,192)

—

(534)

(518)

—

3,211

(22,195)

2,768

2,026

16

8,236

6,414

117

(204)

16

11,121

8,236

The notes on pages 93 to 136 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

92

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies 
General information
Ebiquity plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, the ‘Group’) exists to help brands optimise return on investment from their marketing spend, working with many of the 
world’s leading advertisers to improve marketing outcomes and enhance business performance. The Group has 19 offices.

The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange’s AIM and is limited by shares. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The address 
of its registered office is Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, London N1 6DZ.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (‘IFRS’) 
and the applicable legal requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Prior year restatement 
During the year, a misstatement was discovered in the balance sheet of subsidiary Firm Decisions ASJP LLC as at 31 December 2019. This followed an internal review of balance sheet 
items by the Group finance team as part of enhanced internal control procedures put in place by the Chief Financial Officer during the last year. The causes of this error were specific 
to the unit involved and related to the misstatement of accrued income and revenue balances for which process and system improvements have been made to avoid any recurrence. 
In accordance with IAS 8, the financial statements for 2019 have been restated to reflect this adjustment. The impact was a reduction of £600,000 in 2019 Group revenue, a reduction 
of £148,000 in retained earnings brought forward as at 1 January 2019, and a reduction of £748,000 in accrued income as at 31 December 2019. 

Consolidated income statement

Revenue 

Consolidated statement of financial position

Trade and other receivables

Retained earnings

2018
Reported
£’000

2018
Adjustment
£’000

2018
Restated
£’000

2019
Reported
£’000

2019
Adjustment
£’000

2019
Restated
£’000

69,368

(56)

69,312

68,733

(600)

68,133

29,408

21,556

(148)

(148)

29,260

21,408

27,586

12,958

(748)

(748)

26,838

12,210

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings, described 
in note 19 to the financial statements. As at 31 December 2020, the Group had cash balances of £11,121,000 and undrawn bank facilities available of £5,000,000 and was cash generative 
and within its banking covenants.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed to covenant waivers and modifications where required in order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

93

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Basis of preparation continued
Going concern continued
The existing covenants remained in place for the 12 months to March 2020 and June 2020 
and were achieved. In response to the disruption caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, modified 
covenants were agreed with the lenders in May 2020 which applied from July 2020 to 
30 November 2021. These require the Group to maintain minimum liquidity of at least 
£5 million at the end of every month during that period. In March 2021, a further covenant 
amendment was agreed with the lenders. With effect from September 2021, the minimum 
liquidity covenant will increase to £7.0 million and will be in place until June 2022. In addition, 
with effect from September 2021 an interest cover covenant will be reintroduced at > 4.0 
and an adjusted leverage covenant will also be reintroduced initially at < 4.0, increasing to 
< 4.25 in December 2021 and to < 4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to < 3.5 in June 2022. 
The original covenants which were in force until June 2020 will apply again from 
September 2022 onwards. 

In assessing the going concern status of the Group and Company, the Directors have 
considered the Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance and the Group’s cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. 
Specifically, the Directors have prepared a model to forecast covenant compliance and 
liquidity to 31 December 2022 that includes a base case and scenarios to form a severe 
but plausible downside case. 

The base case assumes growth in revenue and EBITDA when compared to the outturn 
of FY20 and assumes that trading will recover to 2019 levels by 31 December 2022. The severe 
but plausible case assumes a downside adjustment to revenue of 7%, offset by mitigating 
factors within the control of the Directors. Under both of these cases, there is headroom on 
covenant compliance and liquidity throughout the going concern period.

The Directors have also considered a scenario that leads to a breach in covenants; a form of 
reverse stress test. Actual trading in FY21 and the proportion of secured revenue at this 
time, is ahead of last year and whilst there is inherent uncertainty in trading for the second 
half of FY21 and into FY22, trading levels would need to significantly reduce to a level that is 
consistent with FY20 for there to be a breach in covenants. This scenario is not deemed 
plausible by the Directors. 

In addition, the downside assumptions that are applied to the base case are different from 
those modelled at the half year. The Directors are satisfied that based on the current 
trading performance of the Group and Company, the proven ability of the Group and 
Company to work remotely and still serve clients during the pandemic and the current 
vaccine roll outs, the prior downside assumptions are no longer plausible.

The Directors consider that the Group and Company will have sufficient liquidity within 
existing bank facilities, totalling £24,000,000 to meet its obligations during the next 
12 months and hence consider it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on 
a going concern basis. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, 
as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling and rounded to 
the nearest thousand.

The principal accounting policies adopted in these consolidated financial statements 
are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all periods presented, 
unless otherwise stated.

On 13 February 2018, the Group agreed to sell its Advertising Intelligence (‘AdIntel’) 
business to Nielsen Media Research Limited (‘Nielsen’), a subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings plc; 
the transaction was approved as at 31 December 2018 and completion took place on 
2 January 2019. On 19 March 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to sell the business 
assets of its Reputation division; completion took place on 31 March 2018. Collectively, these 
divisions formed the Intel segment. Accordingly, profit on disposal arising in the prior year 
has been presented within discontinued operations in the income statement. 

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company 
and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). Control is achieved where the 
Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity 
so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The results of each subsidiary are included from 
the date that control is transferred to the Group until the date that control ceases.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to 
bring the accounting policies used in line with those used by the Group. All intra-group 
transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of the results and net assets in subsidiaries 
that is not held by the Group.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

94

Financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Business combinations and goodwill
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The cost 
of the acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, 
of assets given, liabilities assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange 
for control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities are recognised initially at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill is initially 
measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over 
the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The determination 
of the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities is based on judgement, and the Directors 
have 12 months from the date of the business combination to finalise the allocation of the 
purchase price.

Goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from 
the synergies of the combination. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost 
less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least 
annually or whenever there is evidence that it may be required. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of the Group’s interest in an associate, being the excess 
of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net 
assets of the associate, is included within the carrying amount of the investment. 
The non-controlling shareholders’ interest in the acquiree is initially measured at the 
non-controlling interest’s proportion of the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities recognised.

Where transactions with non-controlling parties do not result in a change in control, 
the difference between the fair value of the consideration paid or received and the 
amount by which the non-controlling interest is adjusted, is recognised in equity.

Where the consideration for the acquisition includes a contingent consideration 
arrangement, this is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Any subsequent 
changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are adjusted against the cost of 
the acquisition if they occur within the measurement period and only if the changes relate 
to conditions existing at the acquisition date. Any subsequent changes to the fair value of 
the contingent consideration after the measurement period are recognised in the income 
statement within administrative expenses as a highlighted item. The carrying value of 
contingent consideration at the statement of financial position date represents 
management’s best estimate of the future payment at that date, based on historical 
results and future forecasts.

All costs directly attributable to the business combination are expensed as incurred 
and recorded in the income statement within highlighted items.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’. 
Under IFRS 15 an entity should recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity 
expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. This core principle is delivered 
in a five-step model:

identify the contract(s) with a customer;

identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

		 determine the transaction price;

		 allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Revenue from providing services is recognised in the accounting period in which the services 
are rendered. For fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognised based on the actual service 
provided to the end of the reporting period as a proportion of the total services to be provided 
because the customer receives and uses the benefits simultaneously. This is determined based 
on the actual labour hours spent relative to the total expected labour hours. 

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress toward completion are revised if 
circumstances change. Any resulting increases or decreases in estimated revenues or costs 
are reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the 
revision become known by management.

In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on 
a payment schedule. If the services rendered by the Company exceed the payment, 
a contract asset is recognised. If the payments exceed the services rendered, a contract 
liability is recognised.

Finance income and expenses
Finance income and expense represents interest receivable and payable. Finance income 
and expense is recognised on an accruals basis, based on the interest rate applicable to 
each bank or loan account.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

95

Financial statements		
		
		
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Foreign currencies
For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position 
of each Group company are expressed in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of 
the Company, and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies 
other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rates of 
exchange prevailing on the dates of transactions. At each year-end date, monetary assets 
and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates 
prevailing on the year-end date.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities 
of the Group’s foreign operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the 
year-end date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate 
for the period, which approximates to the rate applicable at the dates of the transactions. 

The exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the year-end amounts of foreign 
subsidiaries and the difference on translation of the results of those subsidiaries into the 
presentational currency of the Group are recognised in the translation reserve. All other 
exchange differences are dealt with through the consolidated income statement.

Taxation
The tax expense included in the consolidated income statement comprises current and 
deferred tax. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the year-end date.

The Group is subject to corporate taxes in a number of different jurisdictions and judgement 
is required in determining the appropriate provision for transactions where the ultimate tax 
determination is uncertain. In such circumstances, the Group recognises liabilities for 
anticipated taxes based on the best information available and where the anticipated 
liability is both probable and estimatable. Where the final outcome of such matters differs 
from the amount recorded, any differences may impact the income tax and deferred tax 
provisions in the period in which the final determination is made.

Tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement except to the extent that it relates 
to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is 
recognised in equity. 

Using the liability method, deferred tax is provided on all temporary differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax 
bases, except for differences arising on:

the initial recognition of goodwill;

Highlighted items
Highlighted items comprise non-cash charges and non-recurring items which are highlighted 
in the consolidated income statement as separate disclosure is considered by the Directors 
to be relevant in understanding the underlying performance of the business. The non-cash 
charges include share option charges and amortisation of purchased intangibles. 

The non-recurring items include the costs associated with potential acquisitions 
(where formal discussion is undertaken), completed acquisitions and disposals, and their 
subsequent integration into/separation from the Group, adjustments to the estimates 
of contingent consideration on acquired entities, asset impairment charges, management 
restructuring and other significant one-off items. Costs associated with ongoing market 
landscaping, acquisition identification and early stage discussions with acquisition targets 
are reported in underlying administrative expenses. 

the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business 
combination and at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable 
profit; and

investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control 
the timing of the reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that 
taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilised. The recognition 
of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each year-end date.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the year-end date and are expected to apply when the deferred 
tax liabilities/assets are settled/recovered.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

96

Financial statements		
		
		
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Taxation continued
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right 
to offset current tax assets and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to 
taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:

Other intangible assets
Internally generated intangible assets – capitalised development costs
Internally generated intangible assets relate to bespoke computer software and technology 
developed by the Group’s internal software development team. During the year, the Group 
generated £1,226,000 of internally generated intangible assets (2019: £1,203,000).

the same taxable Group company; or

		 different Group entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on 
a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future 
period in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be 
settled or recovered.

Taxation has been allocated to the discontinued operation by taking each element in turn 
and attributing the appropriate portion accordingly. This includes the allocation of 
adjustments to profit before tax to determine the profits chargeable to corporation tax and 
then applying the taxation charge from each jurisdiction respectively. For deferred taxation, 
each asset and liability was reviewed and the AdIntel related items were carved out from 
the Group items.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any 
recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets over their estimated useful 
economic lives. The rates applied are as follows:

Motor vehicles

Eight years straight-line

Fixtures, fittings, and equipment

Three to nine years straight-line

Computer equipment

Leasehold land and  
buildings improvements

Two to four years straight-line

Over the shorter of the life or the 
estimated useful life of the lease

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s development expenditure 
is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met:

it is technically feasible to develop the asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

		 adequate resources are available to complete the development and to use or sell the asset;

there is an intention to complete the asset for use or sale;

the Group is able to use or sell the intangible asset; 

it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

 the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their 
useful lives. Amortisation commences when the asset is available for use and useful lives 
range from three to five years. The amortisation expense is included within administrative 
expenses. Where an internally generated intangible asset cannot be recognised, 
development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Purchased intangible assets
Externally acquired intangible assets are initially recognised at cost and subsequently 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives, which vary from three 
to 10 years. The amortisation expense is included as a highlighted item within the 
administrative expenses line in the income statement. 

Intangible assets recognised on business combinations are recorded at fair value at the 
acquisition date using appropriate valuation techniques where they are separable from 
the acquired entity or give rise to other contractual/legal rights. The significant intangibles 
recognised by the Group are customer relationships, which are amortised on a straight-line 
basis over a typical useful life of 10 years.

Computer software
Purchased computer software intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their useful lives, which vary from three to five years.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

97

Financial statements		
		
		
		
		
		
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued
Impairment
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested 
annually for impairment. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows, known as cash-generating units. 
If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of 
the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the 
carrying amount of each asset in the unit.

Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may 
not be recoverable. If any such condition exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is 
estimated in order to determine the extent, if any, of the impairment loss. Where the asset 
does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, estimates are made 
of the cash flows of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, less costs to sell, and value-in-use. 
In assessing value-in-use, estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate appropriate to the specific asset or cash-generating unit.

If the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than 
its carrying amount, the carrying value of the asset or cash-generating unit is reduced to its 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised immediately in highlighted items in 
the income statement. 

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a 
change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no 
impairment loss had been recognised. 

Leases
The Group has various lease arrangements for buildings, cars, and IT equipment. Lease 
terms are negotiated on an individual basis locally. This results in a wide range of different 
terms and conditions. At the inception of a lease contract, the Group assesses whether the 
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a certain period in 
exchange for a consideration, in which case it is identified as a lease. The Group then 
recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the lease 
commencement date. Lease-related assets and liabilities are measured on a present value 
basis. Lease-related assets and liabilities are subjected to re-measurement when either 
terms are modified or lease assumptions have changed. Such an event results in the 
lease liability being re-measured to reflect the measurement of the present value of the 
remaining lease payments, discounted using the discount rate at the time of the change. 
The lease assets are adjusted to reflect the change in the re-measured liabilities. 

Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets include the net present value of the following components:

the initial measurement of the lease liability;

lease payments made before the commencement date of the lease; 

initial direct costs; and

		 costs to restore. 

The right-of-use assets are reduced for lease incentives relating to the lease. 
The right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the duration of the 
contract. In the event that the lease contract becomes onerous, the right-of-use asset is 
impaired for the part which has become onerous.

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following components: 

fixed payments excluding lease incentive receivables;

future contractually agreed fixed increases; and

		 payments related to renewals or early termination, in case options to renew or for early 

termination are reasonably certain to be exercised. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

98

Financial statements		
		
		
		
		
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Leases continued
Lease liabilities continued
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If such rate 
cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that 
the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar 
value, in a similar economic environment, with similar terms and conditions. The discount 
rate that is used to calculate the present value reflects the interest rate applicable to the 
lease at inception of the contract. Lease contracts entered into in a currency different to 
the local functional currency are subjected to periodic foreign currency revaluations which 
are recognised in the income statement in net finance costs. 

The lease liabilities are subsequently increased by the interest costs on the lease liabilities 
and decreased by lease payments made.

Where a lease is not captured by IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the total rentals payable under the 
lease are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
The aggregate benefit of lease incentives is recognised as a reduction of the rental expense 
over the lease term on a straight-line basis. The land and buildings elements of property 
leases are considered separately for the purposes of lease classification

Subleases
The Group acts as a lessor where premises have been sublet to an external third party. 
Accordingly, the right-of-use asset has been de-recognised and instead a lease receivable 
recognised determined with reference to the net present value of the future lease payments 
receivable from the tenant. Finance income is then recognised over the lease term.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and short-term deposits. Cash and cash 
equivalents and bank overdrafts are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s statement of financial 
position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
They arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers (trade 
receivables), but also incorporate other types of contractual monetary assets. They are 
initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their 
acquisition or issue and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective evidence (such as significant 
financial difficulties on the part of the counterparty or default or significant delay in 
payment) that the Group will be unable to collect all of the amounts due, the amount 
of such a provision being the difference between the net carrying amount and the present 
value of the future expected cash flows associated with the impaired receivable. For trade 
receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate allowance 
account with the loss being recognised within administrative expenses in the income 
statement. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross 
carrying value of the asset is written off against the associated provision.

Financial liabilities
Borrowings consisting of interest-bearing secured and unsecured loans and overdrafts 
are initially recognised at fair value net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
The difference between the proceeds received net of transaction costs and the redemption 
amount is amortised over the period of the borrowings to which they relate. The revolving 
credit facility is considered to be a long-term loan.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at their nominal value, which is usually 
the original invoiced amount. 

Share capital
Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the amount of the proceeds 
received, net of direct issuance costs.

Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)
As the Company is deemed to have control of its ESOP trust, it is treated as a subsidiary 
and consolidated for the purposes of the Group financial statements. The ESOP’s assets 
(other than investments in the Company’s shares), liabilities, income and expenses are 
included on a line-by-line basis in the Group financial statements. The ESOP’s investment 
in the Company’s shares is deducted from shareholders’ equity in the Group statement of 
financial position as if they were treasury shares.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

99

Financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Share-based payments
Where equity-settled share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options 
at the date of grant is charged to the income statement over the vesting period with a 
corresponding increase recognised in retained earnings. Fair value is measured using an 
appropriate valuation model. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by 
adjusting the number of equity investments expected to vest at each year-end date so 
that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on 
the number of options that eventually vest. A charge is made irrespective of whether the 
market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure 
to achieve a market vesting condition.

Where there are modifications to share-based payments that are beneficial to the 
employee, then as well as continuing to recognise the original share-based payment charge, 
the incremental fair value of the modified share options as identified at the date of the 
modification is also charged to the income statement over the remaining vesting period. 
Where the Group cancels share options and identifies replacement options, this 
arrangement is also accounted for as a modification.

The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees 
of subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as a capital contribution. 

The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date 
fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary 
undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity financial statements.

Provisions
Provisions, including provisions for onerous lease costs, are recognised when the Group has 
a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle that obligation and the amount can be 
reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required 
to settle the obligation at the year-end date. If the effect of the time value of money is 
material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a 
pre-tax rate which reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, 
where appropriate, the risks specific to the obligations.

Retirement benefits
For defined contribution pension schemes, the Group pays contributions to privately 
administered pension plans on a voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions have been paid. Contributions are charged to the 
income statement in the year to which they relate.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the 
Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the 
Company’s shareholders.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have made certain 
estimates and judgements relating to the reporting of results of operations and the 
financial position of the Group. Actual results may significantly differ from those 
estimates, often as a result of the need to make assumptions about matters which are 
uncertain. The estimates and judgements discussed below are considered by the Directors 
to be those that have a critical accounting impact to the Group’s financial statements.

Critical accounting estimates include the terminal growth rate used in impairment 
assessments, inputs to share option accounting fair value models and amounts to capitalise 
as intangible assets. These estimates are reached with reference to historical experience, 
supporting detailed analysis and, in the case of impairment assessments and share option 
accounting, external economic factors. 

Critical accounting judgements include the treatment of events after the reporting period 
as adjusting or non-adjusting and the determination of segments for segmental reporting, 
based on the reports reviewed by the Executive Directors that are used to make strategic 
decisions. These judgements are determined at a Board level based on the status of 
strategic initiatives of the Group.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

100

Financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies continued 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets
Impairment testing requires management to estimate the value-in-use of the 
cash-generating units to which goodwill and other intangible assets have been allocated. 
The value-in-use calculation requires estimation of future cash flows expected to arise from 
the cash-generating unit and the application of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate 
present value. The sensitivity around the selection of particular assumptions including 
growth forecasts and the pre-tax discount rate used in management’s cash flow 
projections could significantly affect the Group’s impairment evaluation and therefore 
the Group’s reported assets and results. 

Further details, including a sensitivity analysis, are included in notes 10 and 11 to the 
financial statements.

Contingent consideration
The Group has recorded liabilities for contingent consideration on acquisitions made in the 
current and prior periods. The calculation of the contingent consideration liability requires 
judgements to be made regarding the forecast future performance of these businesses for 
the earn-out period. Any changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration after the 
measurement period are recognised in the income statement within administrative 
expenses as a highlighted item.

Taxation
The Group is subject to income taxes in all the territories in which it operates, and 
judgement and estimates of future profitability are required to determine the Group’s 
deferred tax position. If the final tax outcome is different to that assumed, resulting 
changes will be reflected in the income statement, unless the tax relates to an item charged 
to equity, in which case the changes in the tax estimates will also be reflected in equity. 
The Group believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years 
based on its assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of 
tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of 
complex judgements about future events. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these 
matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact income tax 
expense in the period in which such determination is made.

Provisions
The Group provides for certain costs of reorganisation that has occurred due to the Group’s 
acquisition and disposal activity. When the final amount payable is uncertain, these are 
classified as provisions. These provisions are based on the best estimates of management.

Adoption of new standards and interpretations
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for 
the annual reporting period commencing 1 January 2020:

		 Definition of Material – amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8;

		 Definition of a Business – amendments to IFRS 3;

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 9 and IFRS 7; and

		 Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting.

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in 
prior periods and are not expected to significantly affect the current or future periods.

The following new standard has been published that is mandatory to the Group’s future 
accounting periods but has not been adopted early in these financial statements:

		 Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle effective on or after 

1 January 2022.

The adoption of the standard listing above is not expected to significantly affect 
future periods.

2. Segmental reporting
In accordance with IFRS 8, the Group’s operating segments are based on the reports 
reviewed by the Executive Directors that are used to make strategic decisions.

Certain operating segments have been aggregated to form two reportable segments: 
Media and Analytics & Tech:

		 Media includes our media performance, media management and contract 

compliance services; and

		 Analytics & Tech consists of our Advanced Analytics, MarTech and AdTech services. 

The Executive Directors are the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. They assess 
the performance of the operating segments based on operating profit before highlighted 
items. This measurement basis excludes the effects of non-recurring expenditure from the 
operating segments such as restructuring costs and purchased intangible amortisation. 
The measure also excludes the effects of equity-settled share-based payments. Interest 
income and expenditure are not allocated to segments, as this type of activity is driven by 
the central treasury function, which manages the cash position of the Group.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

101

Financial statements		
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Segmental reporting continued
The segment information provided to the Executive Directors for the reportable segments for the year ended 31 December 2020 is as follows:

Year ended/As at 31 December 2020

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before highlighted items

Total assets 

Unsatisfied long-term contracts
The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations results from long-term contracts:

Media 
£’000

46,042

6,770

67,659

Analytics &
Tech
£’000

Reportable
segments
£’000 

Unallocated
£’000

9,865

(692)

9,838

55,907

6,078

77,497

—

(6,412)

2,435

Total
£’000

55,907

(334)

79,932

Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to long-term contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 2020

Year ended
31 December
2020
 £’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
 £’000

866

304

It is expected that 94% of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied contracts as of 31 December 2020 will be recognised during the next reporting period (31 December 2019: 97%); 
the remaining 6% will be recognised in the 2022 financial year (31 December 2019: 3% to be recognised in 2021). 

Significant changes in contract assets and liabilities
Contract assets have decreased from £8,618,000 to £6,563,000 and contract liabilities have decreased from £4,635,000 to £4,498,000 from 31 December 2019 to 31 December 2020. 
The reduced contract assets is a result of the reduction in revenue year on year.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

102

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Segmental reporting continued
Year ended/As at 31 December 2019

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before highlighted items

Total assets 

A reconciliation of segment operating profit before highlighted items to total profit before tax is provided below:

Media  
£’000

53,985

11,245

68,634

Analytics &
Tech
£’000

14,148

966

11,581

Restated

Reportable
segments 
£’000 

68,133

12,211

80,215

Reportable segment operating profit before highlighted items

Unallocated (costs)/income1:

Staff costs 

Property costs

Exchange rate movements

Other administrative expenses

Operating (loss)/profit before highlighted items

Highlighted items (note 3)

Operating loss

Net finance costs2

Loss before tax 

Unallocated
£’000

—

(6,644)

1,919

Total
£’000

68,133

5,567

82,134

Year ended
31 December
2020
 £’000

Restated
Year ended
31 December
2019
 £’000

6,078

12,211

(3,480)

(1,595)

181

(1,518)

(334)

(2,541)

(2,875)

(1,012)

(3,887)

(3,428)

(1,513)

(208)

(1,495)

5,567

(10,330)

(4,763)

(898)

(5,661)

1.  Unallocated (costs)/income comprise central costs that are not considered attributable to the segments.
2.  Net finance costs in the current year include £137,000 relating to foreign exchange movements on intercompany loan balances. Previously this was included as an administrative expense, however it was considered appropriate to reclassify this 

in the current year in accordance with IAS 12.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

103

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Segmental reporting continued
Year ended/As at 31 December 2019 continued
A reconciliation of segment total assets to total consolidated assets is provided below:

Total assets for reportable segments

Unallocated amounts:

Other intangible assets

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Deferred tax asset

Total assets 

The table below presents revenue and non-current assets by geographical location:

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

North America

Rest of world 

Deferred tax assets

Total 

No single customer (or group of related customers) contributes 10% or more of revenue.

31 December
2020
 £’000

Restated
31 December
2019
 £’000

77,497

80,215

388

1,291

420

336

642

868

332

77

79,932

82,134

Year ended/As at  
31 December 2020

Restated
Year ended/As at  
31 December 2019

Revenue by  
location of  
customers  

£’000

29,083

15,999

4,671

6,154

55,907

—

55,907

Non‑current  
assets  
£’000

21,684

12,424

2,721

6,348

43,177

1,145

44,322

Revenue by  
location of  
customers  

£’000

33,176

18,783

8,351

7,823

68,133

—

68,133

Non-current  
assets  
£’000

27,802

7,402

3,416

7,454

46,074

986

47,060

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

104

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

3. Highlighted items
Highlighted items comprise items which are highlighted in the income statement because separate disclosure is considered relevant in understanding the underlying performance of 
the business.

Administrative expenses

Share option (credit)/charge

Amortisation of purchased intangibles

Impairment of goodwill

Severance and reorganisation costs

Acquisition, integration and strategic/(income)

Total highlighted items before tax

Taxation (credit)/charge

Total highlighted items after tax – continuing operations

Highlighted items – discontinued operations

Total highlighted items

Year ended  
31 December 2020

Cash  

£’000

Non‑cash  

£’000

(61)

—

—

1,194

809

1,942

(289)

1,653

(220)

1,433

(1,845)

1,122

817

315

190

599

113

712

—

712

Total  

£’000

(1,906)

1,122

817

1,509

999

2,541

(176)

2,365

(220)

2,145

Year ended  
31 December 2019

Cash  

£’000

Non-cash  

£’000

Total  

£’000

(78)

—

—

1,333

998

2,253

(536)

1,717

2,521

4,238

195

1,169

6,751

—

(38)

8,077

82

8,159

(1,503)

6,656

117

1,169

6,751

1,333

960

10,330

(454)

9,876

1,018

10,894

In the current year, a non-cash IFRS 2 credit of £1,845,000 (31 December 2019: charge of £195,000) was recorded. Separate disclosure is considered relevant to isolate charges and credits 
which are subject to volatility as a result of non-trading factors.

Amortisation of purchased intangibles relates to acquisitions made in the current financial year of £nil and to acquisitions made in prior years of £1,122,000 (31 December 2019: £nil in the 
current financial year and £1,169,000 in prior years). Separate disclosure is considered relevant because amortisation of purchased intangibles has no correlation to underlying profitability 
of the Group.

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles of £817,000 (2019: £6,751,000) has been recognised in the year. This is in relation to the impairment of goodwill in Digital Balance Australia Pty 
Limited. The impairment was determined by the excess of the carrying value of goodwill and purchased intangibles over and above the calculated value-in-use.

Total severance and reorganisation costs of £1,509,000 (31 December 2019: £1,333,000) were recognised during the year, relating to severances in the UK, the US, Germany, Australia 
and France as part of management restructuring in those countries. Separate disclosure is considered relevant as these charges are non-recurring and not reflective of the underlying 
operating costs of the business.

Total acquisition, integration and strategic costs of £999,000 (31 December 2019: £960,000) were recognised during the year, predominantly relating to the adjustment to the fair 
value of contingent consideration by £791,000 predominantly arising in relation to the upward revision of the amounts payable in relation to the Ebiquity Marsh Limited acquisition in line 
with the latest actuals. £80,000 was incurred in relation to the loan covenant amendments. Costs of £72,000 have been recognised in relation to the Chicago sublease arrangement. 
Costs of £56,000 were also recognised in relation to the acquisitions of Digital Decisions B.V. and the minority buyout in Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l., Ebiquity Russia Limited and 
Ebiquity Russia OOO which completed in the year; see note 28 for further details. Separate disclosure is considered relevant as these charges are non-recurring and not reflective of 
the underlying operating costs of the business.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

105

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

3. Highlighted items continued
Current tax arising on the highlighted items is included as a cash item, while deferred 
tax on highlighted items is included as a non-cash item. Refer to note 7 for more detail.

Auditors’ remuneration
During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following 
services from the Group’s auditors at costs as detailed below:

Highlighted items on discontinued operations in the current year comprise the overprovision 
of prior year tax on the profit on disposal of the AdIntel business of £220,000 due to 
information now known. Highlighted items on discontinued operations in the prior year 
comprise the profits on disposal of the AdIntel and the Reputation business respectively 
of £1,408,000 and £36,000 and the tax charge arising thereon of £2,462,000.

As at 31 December 2020, £1,314,000 of the £1,942,000 cash highlighted items had been 
settled (31 December 2019: £1,526,000 of the £2,254,000 cash highlighted items had 
been settled).

4. Operating loss after highlighted items
Operating loss after highlighted items is stated after charging/(crediting):

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of 
the parent company and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates 
for other services:

– other audit-related assurance services

– other assurance services

– tax compliance services

Year ended 
31 December
2020
 £’000

Year ended 
31 December
2019
 £’000

350

299

50

—

22

422

52 

— 

21 

372

Operating lease rentals1

– other 

– land and buildings

Depreciation and amortisation (notes 11, 12 and 13)2

Impairment of goodwill (note 10)

Impairment of intangibles (note 11)

Contingent consideration revaluations (note 3)

Income on transitional services agreement 

Write down of accrued income

(Gain)/loss on disposal of fixed assets 

Research costs – expensed

Foreign exchange loss

Year ended 
31 December
2020
 £’000

Restated
Year ended 
31 December
2019
 £’000

38

35

4,848

817

—

791

(223)

284

(3)

173

64

17

708

4,205

5,989

762

(779)

(1,273)

600

40

93

205

1.  Operating lease rentals have reduced by £2,104,000 in 2020 on adoption of IFRS 16 (31 December 2019: £1,437,000).
2.  Depreciation in the current year includes £2,026,000 in 2020 on adoption of IFRS 16 (31 December 2019: £1,595,000).

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

5. Employee information
The monthly average number of employees employed by the Group during the year, 
including Executive Directors, was as follows:

Year ended 
31 December
2020
 Number

Year ended 
31 December
2019
Number

Media  

Analytics & Tech

IT development and support

Administration

Directors 

322

133

23

75

7

560

At 31 December 2020, the total number of employees of the Group was 550 
(31 December 2019: 555).

341

117

22

83

7

570

106

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

5. Employee information continued
Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consist of:

6. Finance income and expenses

Finance income

Bank interest 

Lease receivables interest

Finance income

Finance expenses

Bank loans and overdraft interest

Loan fee amortisation

Lease liabilities’ interest

Finance expenses

Wages and salaries1

Social security costs1

Other pension costs

Share options (credit)/charge (note 24)

Total staff costs

Year ended 
31 December
2020
 £’000

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£’000

31,494

3,704

1,124

(1,845)

34,477

35,075

4,027

815

195

40,112

1.  The Group received the benefit of £1,000,000 in the current year relating to Government schemes in Australia, 

the UK, Singapore, China, France and Ireland. 

Directors’ remuneration
Total Directors’ remuneration was £723,000, including £261,000 to the highest paid 
Director (31 December 2019: £856,000 including £362,000 to the highest paid Director). 
Directors are eligible for cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary, dependent 
on individual and Company performance against established financial targets. 
£nil performance bonuses were paid during the year (31 December 2019: £nil). 
No retention bonuses were payable to any Directors (31 December 2019: £nil).

No Directors were a member of a Company pension scheme as at 31 December 2020 
(31 December 2019: none). Contributions totalling £nil (31 December 2019: £40,000) 
were made to Directors’ private pension schemes during the year, including £nil to 
the highest paid Director (31 December 2019: £40,000).

No Directors exercised share options during the year (31 December 2019: nil). The highest 
paid Director exercised no share options (31 December 2019: nil).

During the year, nil (31 December 2019: 410,000) share options were granted to Directors 
under the Group’s Executive Incentive Plan scheme. Vesting is subject to the satisfaction 
of certain performance criteria (see note 24 for further details).

Further details on Directors’ remuneration can be found in the Remuneration Committee 
report on pages 67 to 73.

Year ended 
31 December
2020
 £’000

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£’000

13

26

39

(582)

(48)

(284)

(914)

9

—

9

(600)

(54)

(253)

(907)

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

107

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

7. Taxation charge/(credit)

UK tax 

Current year 

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Foreign tax 

Current year 

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences (note 21)

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total tax charge/(credit)

Year ended  
31 December 2020

Before  
highlighted  
items  
£’000

Highlighted 
items 
£’000

(20)

(309)

(329)

686

(78)

608

279

(186)

(67)

26

(82)

—

(82)

(207)

—

(207)

(289)

113

—

(176)

Year ended  
31 December 2019

Before  
highlighted  
items  
£’000

Highlighted 
items 
£’000

298

494

792

1,404

120

1,524

2,316

(295)

(90)

1,931

(383)

—

(383)

(153)

—

(153)

(536)

82

—

(454)

Total 
£’000

(102)

(309)

(411)

479

(78)

401

(10)

(73)

(67)

(150)

Total 
£’000

(85)

494

409

1,251

120

1,371

1,780

(213)

(90)

1,477

The difference between tax as charged in the financial statements and tax at the nominal rate is explained below:

Loss before tax

Corporation tax at 19.00% (31 December 2019: 19.00%)

Non-deductible taxable expenses

Overseas tax rate differential

Overseas (gains)/losses not recognised

Losses utilised not previously recognised

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total tax (credit)/charge

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

Year ended
31 December
2020
 £’000

(3,887)

(739)

1,605

117

(460)

1

(674)

(150)

Restated 
Year ended
31 December
2019
 £’000

(5,661)

(1,076)

1,253

361

149

266

524

1,477

108

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

7. Taxation charge/(credit) continued
Following the Budget on 11 March 2020, the corporation tax rate effective from 
1 April 2020 and 1 April 2021 will remain at 19%. This supersedes the announcement on 
6 September 2016 which detailed a reduction to 17% from 1 April 2020. The Budget 2021 
detailed an increase in the corporation tax from 1 April 2023 to 25%, however this has not 
yet been substantively enacted.

The table below shows a reconciliation of the current tax liability for each year end:

At 1 January 2019

Corporation tax payments

Corporation tax refunds

Under-provision in relation to prior years

Provision for the year ended 31 December 20191

Foreign exchange 

At 31 December 2019

Corporation tax payments

Corporation tax refunds

Withholding tax

Under-provision in relation to prior years

Provision for the year ended 31 December 20201

Foreign exchange 

At 31 December 2020

 £’000

1,358

(1,499)

151

614

3,629

(101)

4,152

(2,476)

191

(25)

(220)

(10)

91

1,703

1.  The provision for the current year includes an overprovision of tax relating to the prior year of £220,000 in relation to 
the discontinued operation (31 December 2019: a tax charge of £2,462,000 in relation to the discontinued operation 
on the profit on disposal).

8. Discontinued operations
On 12 February 2018, the Group agreed to dispose of the AdIntel business to Nielsen 
for gross consideration of £26,000,000. This disposal was completed on 2 January 2019. 
The gross consideration was dependent upon a working capital target position at the date 
of completion. The working capital acquired by Nielsen was below this target and a resulting 
repayment was made to Nielsen of £1,155,000 on 31 October 2019; net consideration was 
therefore £24,845,000. The results of this division have been presented within discontinued 
operations as appropriate.

On 19 March 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to sell the business assets 
of its Reputation division to Echo Research Holdings Limited. Completion took place on 
31 March 2018. The consideration payable was dependent upon the revenue performance 
of the business during the 12 months following completion. The consideration resulting was 
£36,000, half of which was paid in the prior year and the balance was paid in the current 
year. The results of this division have been presented within discontinued operations 
as appropriate.

The financial performance and cash flow information presented below for Intel reflects 
the overprovision of tax on the AdIntel sale in the year ended 31 December 2020, whilst the 
comparative information shows the profit on disposal and tax charge thereon recognised 
in 2019 on the sale completing on 2 January 2019. The financial performance and cash 
flow information presented below for Reputation reflects the contingent consideration 
receivable recognised in 2019.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

109

Financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

8. Discontinued operations continued
The table below summarises the income statement for the discontinued business units for both the current and the prior year:

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross result 

Administrative expenses

Impairment of asset held for sale

Operating result

Highlighted items

(Loss) before tax 

Tax 

Net profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

Below is a table summarising the cash flows from continuing and discontinued operations:

Cash generated from operations – continuing operations

Cash generated from operations – discontinued operations

Total cash generated from operations

Cash used in investment activities – continuing operations

Cash generated by/(used in) investment activities – discontinued operations

Total cash (used in)/generated by investment activities

Cash generated by/(used in) financing activities – continuing operations

Cash generated by financing activities – discontinued operations

Total cash generated by/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents – continuing operations

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents – discontinued operations

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

Year ended  
31 December 2020

Year ended  
31 December 2019

AdIntel  
£’000

Reputation 
£’000

Total  

£’000

AdIntel  
£’000

Reputation 
£’000

Total  

£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(220)

220

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(220)

220

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1,408)

(1,408)

2,455

(1,047)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(36)

(36)

7

29

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1,444)

(1,444)

2,462

(1,018)

Year ended
31 December
2020
 £’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
 £’000

2,992

—

2,992

(3,453)

18

(3,435)

3,211

—

3,211

2,750

18

2,768

3,594

—

3,594

(4,218)

24,845

20,627

(22,195)

—

(22,195)

(22,819)

24,845

2,026

110

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

8. Discontinued operations continued
Below is a table summarising the details of the sale of the divisions:

Cash received or receivable:

Cash 

Decrease of consideration

Total disposal consideration

Carrying amount of net assets sold 

Costs to sell – current year

Reclassification of foreign currency translation reserve

Total  

Gain on sale before income tax 

Income tax credit/(charge) on gain1

Gain/(loss) on sale after income tax 

Costs to sell – prior year

Gain/(loss) on sale after income tax – total 

Year ended  
31 December 2020

Year ended  
31 December 2019

AdIntel  
£’000

Reputation 
£’000

Total  

£’000

AdIntel  
£’000

Reputation 
£’000

Total  

£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

220

220

—

220

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

220

220

—

220

26,000

(1,155)

24,845

23,060

95

282

23,437

1,408

(2,455)

(1,047)

(3,176)

(4,223)

36

—

36

—

—

—

—

36

(7)

29

—

29

26,036

(1,155)

24,881

23,060

95

282

23,437

1,444

(2,462)

(1,018)

(3,176)

(4,194)

1.  The income tax charge on the gain on disposal is £2,462,000 and exceeds the gain on sale of £1,444,000 due primarily to the difference between accounting base costs and tax base costs for the assets sold. Certain goodwill and intangible 

balances recognised for accounting purposes do not have base costs for corporation tax purposes, therefore these items are not able to shield the gain from a tax perspective.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

111

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

9. Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Year ended  
31 December 2020

Restated 
Year ended  
31 December 2019

Continuing  

£’000

  Discontinued 
£’000

Total  

£’000

Continuing  

£’000

  Discontinued 
£’000

Total  

£’000

Earnings for the purpose of basic earnings per share, being net (loss)/profit attributable 
to equity holders of the parent

(3,923)

220

(3,703)

(7,589)

(1,018)

(8,607)

Adjustments: 

Impact of highlighted items (net of tax)1

Earnings for the purpose of underlying earnings per share

Number of shares:

Weighted average number of shares during the year

– basic 

– dilutive effect of share options

– diluted 

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Underlying basic earnings per share

Underlying diluted earnings per share

1.  Highlighted items attributable to equity holders of the parent (see note 3), stated net of their total tax impact. 

2,354

(1,569)

(220)

—

2,134

(1,569)

9,864

2,275

1,018

—

10,882

2,275

81,571,242

81,571,242

81,571,242

 79,490,174 

 79,490,174 

 79,490,174 

528,254

528,254

528,254

1,155,106 

 1,155,106 

 1,155,106 

82,099,496

82,099,496

82,099,496

80,645,280 

 80,645,280

 80,645,280 

(4.81)p

(4.81)p

(1.92)p

(1.92)p

0.27p  

0.27p  

—  

—  

(4.54)p  

(4.54)p  

(1.92)p  

(1.92)p  

(9.55)p  

(9.55)p  

2.86p

2.82p

(1.28)p  

(10.83)p

(1.28)p  

(10.83)p

—  

—  

2.86p

2.82p

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

112

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

10. Goodwill

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Disposals1 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

Acquisitions2 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2019

Impairment3 

Disposals1 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

Impairment4 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

 £’000

40,510

(3,129)

(632)

36,749

484

518

37,751

(5,736)

(5,989)

3,129

256

(8,340)

(817)

(31)

(9,188)

28,563

28,409

1.  The disposal in the prior year relates to the write off of the goodwill cost and accumulated amortisation in relation 

to the Reputation division which was sold in the prior year.

2.  Goodwill of £484,000 has been recognised on the acquisition of Digital Decisions BV in the year.
3.  An impairment of £5,082,000 was recognised in the prior year in relation to goodwill held in Stratigent LLC so 

that the carrying value was adjusted down to £nil on the decision being taken to wind down this division. A further 
impairment of £907,000 was recognised for goodwill held in Digital Balance which equates to the downward revision 
of the contingent consideration payable. 

4.  An impairment of £817,000 has been recognised in the current year relating to the goodwill held in Digital Balance 

Australia Pty Limited so that the carrying value is in line with the value-in-use. 

Goodwill has been allocated to the following segments:

Media  

Analytics & Tech

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

26,855

1,708

28,563

25,905

2,504

28,409

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are 
indications that goodwill may be potentially impaired. Goodwill is allocated to the 
Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) in order to carry out impairment tests. 
The Group’s remaining carrying value of goodwill by CGU at 31 December was as follows: 

Cash-generating unit

Reporting segment

Media UK and International

Media Germany

Media

Media 

Media Value Group

Media/Analytics & Tech

FirmDecisions 

Media Australia

China 

Effectiveness 

Media America

Media France 

Digital Decisions

Media Italy 

Russia 

Digital Balance

Media 

Media 

Media

Analytics & Tech

Media 

Media 

Media

Media 

Media 

Analytics & Tech

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

9,262

4,327

3,187

2,981

2,422

2,256

1,678

604

571

507

401

337

30

9,241

4,319

3,042

2,981

2,289

2,150

1,678

604

560

—

382

337

826

The impairment test involves comparing the carrying value of the CGU to which the 
goodwill has been allocated to the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of 
all CGUs has been determined based on value-in-use calculations.

28,563

28,409

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

113

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

10. Goodwill continued
Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for goodwill when the carrying amount 
exceeds the recoverable amount, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell 
and value-in-use. 

An impairment of £817,000 has been recognised in the year ended 31 December 2020 
in relation to Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited, in order to write down the goodwill 
carrying value in line with the value-in-use.

Value-in-use calculations
The key assumptions used in management’s value-in-use calculations are budgeted 
operating profit, pre-tax discount rate and the long-term growth rate. 

Budgeted operating profit assumptions
To calculate future expected cash flows, management has taken the Board-approved 
budgeted operating profit (‘EBIT’) for each of the CGUs for the 2021 financial year.

For the 2022 and 2023 financial years, the forecast EBIT is as per management and market 
expectations. The forecast 2023 balances are taken to perpetuity in the model. The forecast 
for 2022 and 2023 uses certain assumptions to forecast revenue and operating costs within 
the Group’s operating segments beyond the 2021 budget.

Discount rate assumptions
The Directors estimate discount rates using rates that reflect current market assessments 
of the time value of money and risk specific to the CGUs. The three-year pre-tax cash flow 
forecasts have been discounted at between 10% and 11% (31 December 2019: between 
7.0% and 12.0%).

Growth rate assumptions
Cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated at a rate of 2.00% 
(31 December 2019: 2.25%) for all CGUs with the exception of China where a rate of 2.60% 
has been applied, which does not exceed the long-term average growth rate in any of the 
markets in which the Group operates.

The excess of the value-in-use to the goodwill carrying values for each CGU gives the level of 
headroom in each CGU. The estimated recoverable amounts of the Group’s operations in all 
CGUs significantly exceed their carrying values, with the exception of the China and Media 
America CGUs.

Sensitivity analysis
The Group’s calculations of value-in-use for its respective CGUs are sensitive to a number of 
key assumptions. Other than disclosed below, management does not consider a reasonable 
possible change, in isolation, of any of the key assumptions to cause the carrying value of 
any CGU to exceed its value-in-use. The considerations underpinning why management 
believes no impairment is required in respect of China and Media America are as follows, 
specifically what change in key assumptions would result in an impairment:

China

Media America

Budgeted revenue growth  

15%/10%  

Current % 
(2022/2023)

% change  
leading to 
impairment1

(3)% to 
12%/7%

Current % 
(2022/2023)

% change  
leading to 
impairment1

15%/15%  

(2)% to 13%

Budgeted cost growth

2%/2%  

+3% to 5%  

2%/2%  

+2% to 4%

Pre-tax discount rate

10%/10%   +3% to 13%  

10%/10%   +3% to 13%

1.  These changes have been applied to 2022 and 2023 projected information.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

114

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

11. Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Additions 

Reallocation 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2019

Additions 

Acquisitions5 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2020

Capitalised  
development 
costs 
£’000

Computer 
software 
£’000

Purchased 
intangible 
assets1 
£’000

Total 
intangible 
assets 
£’000

3,258

1,203

10

(388)

(49)

4,034

1,226

—

(460)

91

4,891

2,675

17,881

13

—

—

—

23,814

1,216

10

(139)

(1,402)

(1,929)

(24)

2,525

4

—

(10)

23

2,542

(314)

16,165

—

70

—

346

16,581

(387)

22,724

230

70

(470)

460

24,014

Amortisation and 
impairment

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year2 

Impairment3 

Reallocation 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year2

Disposals 

Foreign exchange 
differences

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 20204

At 31 December 2019 

Capitalised  
development 
costs 
£’000

Computer 
software 
£’000

Purchased 
intangible 
assets1 
£’000

Total 
intangible 
assets 
£’000

(1,258)

(464)

(155)

(10)

388

28

(1,471)

(685)

460

(49)

(1,745)

3,146

2,563

(1,606)

(409)

—

—

134

28

(1,853)

(280)

10

(12,473)

(1,169)

(607)

—

1,402

210

(12,637)

(1,122)

—

(15,337)

(2,042)

(762)

(10)

1,924

266

(15,961)

(2,087)

470

(24)

(228)

(301)

(2,147)

(13,987)

(17,879)

395

672

2,594

3,528

6,135

6,763

1.  Purchased intangible assets consist principally of customer relationships with a typical useful life of eight to 10 years.
2.  Amortisation is charged within administrative expenses so as to write off the cost of the intangible assets over their 
estimated useful lives. The amortisation of purchased intangible assets is included as a highlighted administrative 
expense.

3.  No impairment charge has been recognised in the current year (year ended 31 December 2019: £762,000 following 

management’s review of the carrying value of other intangible assets).

4.  Of the net book value of capitalised development costs, £1,982,000 remains in development at 31 December 2020.
5.  An asset of £70,000 was recognised on the acquisition of Digital Decisions B.V. in the year.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

115

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Allocation 

Additions 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

Additions 

Acquisitions1 

Allocations 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Allocation 

Charge for the year

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

1.  Certain assets were acquired as a part of the Digital Decisions acquisition in the year.

Motor  
vehicles  
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and  
equipment  

£’000

Computer 
equipment 
£’000

  Leasehold land  
and buildings  
improvements  

£’000

1,622

—

230

(796)

(40)

1,016

13

12

30

(84)

35

1,022

3,177

16

561

(1,834)

(86)

1,834

98

7

(2)

(115)

66

1,899

(45)

1,417

(1,188)

(36)

2,047

—

—

(28)

—

27

1,888

2,046

Total 
£’000

6,718

(29)

2,225

(3,818)

(163)

4,933

111

19

—

(216)

129

4,976

(1,187)

(2,910)

(1,441)

(5,548)

(30) 

(125)

755

23

(564)

14

(210)

1,845

57

(1,204)

45

(227)

1,017

19

(587)

29

(567)

3,617

99

(2,370)

20

—

17

— 

(1) 

36

—

—

—

(17)

1

20

(10)

—

(5)

—

—

(15)

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

116

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

12. Property, plant and equipment continued

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

Acquisitions1 

Allocation 

Disposals 

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

1.  Certain assets were acquired as a part of the Digital Decisions acquisition in the year.

Motor  
vehicles  
£’000

(15)

(5)

—

—

5

—

(15)

5

21

Fixtures, 
fittings and  
equipment  

£’000

(564)

(157)

(2)

(1)

36

(22)

(710)

312

453

Computer 
equipment 
£’000

(1,204)

(254)

(1)

—

151

(57)

(1,365)

523

630

  Leasehold land  
and building  
improvements  

£’000

(587)

(319)

—

1

—

(19)

(924)

1,122

1,460

Total 
£’000

(2,370)

(735)

(3)

—

192

(98)

(3,014)

1,962

2,563

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

117

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

13. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Assets recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019

Additions  

At 31 December 2019

Additions 

Disposals 

Allocations 

Reclassification to lease receivables

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment for the year

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year 

Disposals 

Allocations 

Reclassification to lease receivables

Impairment for the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Buildings 
£’000

Equipment 
£’000

Vehicles 
£’000

Total 
£’000

—

5,208

5,109

10,317

568

(331)

324

(1,113)

24

9,789

—

(1,568)

(641)

(2,209)

(1,942)

136

(324)

558

(24)

—

(3,805)

5,984 

8,108

—

178

22

200

22

(10)

—

—

17

229

—

(15)

—

(15)

(50)

10

—

—

—

(44)

(99)

130 

185

—

41

18

59

115

(12)

—

—

(9)

153

—

(13)

—

(13)

(34)

12

—

—

—

5

—

5,427

5,149

10,576

705

(353)

324

(1,113)

32

10,171

—

(1,596)

(641)

(2,237)

(2,026)

158

(324)

558

(24)

(39)

(30)

(3,934)

123 

46

6,237

8,339

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

118

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

13. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities continued
Lease liabilities

Buildings 
£’000

Equipment 
£’000

Vehicles 
£’000

Total 
£’000

The present value of the minimum lease payments are as follows:

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Liabilities recognised 
on adoption of IFRS 16 
on 1 January 2019

Additions 

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

At 31 December 2019

Additions 

Disposals 

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020

Current 

Non-current 

—

—

—

—

Amounts due: 

Within one year

5,533

4,739

(1,139)

247

9,380

568

(131)

(2,192)

277

(44)

7,858

2,215 

5,643 

178

22

(36)

5

169

22

—

(58)

6

35 

174

76

98 

41

18

(19)

1

41

115

—

(19)

1

(12)

126

47 

79 

5,752

4,779

(1,194)

253

9,590

705

(131)

(2,269)

284

(21)

Between one and two years

Between two and three years

Between three and four years

Between four and five years

Later than five years

Lease receivables

Lease receivables

8,158

Current  

2,338

Non-current 

Minimum lease payments

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

2,556 

2,219 

 1,946 

917 

 609 

 454 

8,701

 2,116 

2,307 

2,115 

1,896 

893 

1,083

10,410

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

451

171

280

—

—

—

5,820

During the year a sublease arrangement was entered into relating to the Chicago office 
lease. Accordingly, the right-of-use asset was derecognised and instead a lease receivable 
was recognised, being the equivalent of the remaining lease receivables over the lease term. 
The amount due within one year is presented within current assets and the amount due 
after one year is presented within non-current assets. The sublease arrangement expires 
in September 2023.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

119

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

14. Subsidiaries
Details of the Company’s subsidiaries are set out below.

Subsidiary undertaking

Adtrack Limited

AMMO Limited 

Axiology Limited 

Barsby Rowe Limited

BCMG Acquisitions Limited 

BCMG Limited 

Billetts Consulting Limited 

Billetts International Limited 

Billetts Limited 

Billetts Marketing Investment 
Management Limited

Billetts Marketing Sciences Limited

Billetts Media Consulting Limited

Brief Information Limited 

Checking Advertising Services Limited 

China Media (Shanghai) Management 
Consulting Company Limited2

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100%3 

100% 

100%3 

  Proportion of 
 nominal value of 
  issued ordinary 
shares held

Country of 
incorporation

Nature 
of business

Subsidiary undertaking

Ebiquity Germany GmbH2

Ebiquity Holdings Inc.

UK

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Iberia S.L.U.2

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Inc.2 

Non-trading 

Ebiquity India Pvt Limited1

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.2, 4

Non-trading

Ebiquity Marsh Limited2

UK  Holding company 

Ebiquity Pte. Limited2

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Pty Limited2

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Russia Limited2, 5

Non-trading 

Ebiquity Russia OOO2, 5

Non-trading

Ebiquity SAS2 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

 China  Media consultancy

Ebiquity US Financing Limited 

Ebiquity US Holdings Limited 

Ebiquity US Holdings LLC 

Ebiquity UK Holdings Limited 

Ebiquity UK Limited

Fairbrother Lenz Eley Limited 

Faulkner Group Pty Limited 

FirmDecisions ASJP Germany GmbH2

FirmDecisions China Limited2

FirmDecisions DMCC2

FirmDecisions Group Limited 

  Proportion of 
 nominal value of 
  issued ordinary 
shares held

100%3

100% 

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

Country of 
incorporation

Nature 
of business

Germany  Media consultancy 

US

Holding company 

Spain  Media consultancy 

US  Media consultancy 

India Media consultancy

Italy  Media consultancy 

Ireland Media consultancy

100%3 

Singapore  Media consultancy 

100%3 

Australia Media consultancy

75.05%3

75.05%3

100%3

100%

100%3 

100%3 

100% 

100%3 

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%

100%3

100%3

UK  Media consultancy 

Russia  Media consultancy

France  Media consultancy 

UK 

Non-trading 

UK  Holding company 

US  Holding company 

UK  Holding company 

UK 

UK 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Australia 

Non-trading

Germany Media consultancy

China Media consultancy

UAE Media consultancy

UK  Holding company 

US  Media consultancy 

Australia  Media consultancy 

China Media Consulting Group Limited 

100%3  Hong Kong  Holding company 

Data Management Services 
Group Limited 

100%3 

UK 

Non-trading 

Digital Balance Australia Pty Limited2

100%3 

Australia  

Multi-channel 
analytics

Digireels Limited 

Digital Decisions B.V.2

100%3 

100%3  

UK 

Non-trading 

FirmDecisions ASJP LLC2

The  

Media consultancy

FirmDecisions Pty Limited2

Ebiquity Asia Pacific Limited 

Ebiquity Associates Limited2

100%3 

100% 

UK  Holding company

UK  Media consultancy 

  Netherlands

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

120

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

  Proportion of 
 nominal value of 
  issued ordinary 
shares held

Country of 
incorporation

Nature 
of business

15. Trade and other receivables

Spain Media consultancy

Trade and other receivables due within one year 

UK  Media consultancy 

Net trade receivables (note 25)

UK    Holding company 

Other receivables 

UK   

Non-trading

Prepayments  

Contract assets

31 December
2020 
£’000

Restated 
31 December
2019 
£’000

15,594

795

1,366

6,563

24,318

16,078

882

1,260

8,618

26,838

14. Subsidiaries continued

Subsidiary undertaking

FirmDecisions Iberia S.L.U.2

FirmDecisions Limited2 

FLE Holdings Limited 

Fouberts Place Subsidiary 
No. 4 Limited 

Freshcorp Limited

Mediaadvantage Consulting L.d.a.2 

Nova Vision Europe S.A.

Prominent Pages Limited 

Shots Limited  

Stratigent LLC 

Telefoto Monitoring Services Limited 

The Billett Consultancy Limited

The Communication Trading 
Company Limited 

The Press Advertising Register Limited 

The Register Group Limited 

Worldwide Media Management Limited 

Xtreme Information Limited 

Xtreme Information Services 
(Australia) Pty Limited 

Xtreme Information Services Limited 

Xtreme Information Services SPRL

Xtreme Information (USA) Limited

100%3

100%3

100%

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%3

100%

100%3

100%3

UK 

Non-trading 

Portugal  Media consultancy

Belgium 

Non-trading 

UK 

UK 

US   

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

UK 

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Multi-channel 
analytics 

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Australia

Non-trading

UK

Holding company

Belgium

Non-trading 

UK 

Non-trading 

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are 
reasonable approximations of their fair value.

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

11,121

8,236

Cash and cash equivalents earn interest at between (0.05)% and 2.5%.

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash 
flow statement:

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts (note 19)

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

11,121

—

11,121

8,236

—

8,236

1.  Ebiquity India Pvt Limited became part of the Group in December 2020. 
2.  Principal trading entity.
3.  Shares held by an intermediate holding company.
4. 

In February 2020 the Group acquired the outstanding 49% interest in Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. from the 
minority shareholder.
In December 2020 the Group acquired a further 24.95% interest in Ebiquity Russia Limited and Ebiquity Russia OOO 
from one of the minority shareholders.

5. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

121

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

19. Financial liabilities

2,047

3,269

780

6,096

2,615

Current  

2,116

Bank overdraft 

844

Loan fees1 

5,575

Contingent consideration

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other payables are 
reasonable approximations of their fair value.

18. Accruals and contract liabilities

Accruals 

Contract liabilities

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

5,392

4,498

9,890

4,449

4,635

9,084

Non‑current  

Bank borrowings 

Government borrowings

Loan fees1 

Total financial liabilities 

31 December
2020 
£’000

31 December
2019 
£’000

—

(45)

1,957

1,912

—

(36)

14

(22)

19,000

14,000

750

(75)

19,675

21,587

—

(132)

13,868

13,846

1.  Loan fees were payable on amending the banking facility and are being recognised in the income statement on a 

straight-line basis to the maturity date of the facility, this being September 2023.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

122

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

19. Financial liabilities continued

At 1 January 2019 

Recognised on acquisition

Paid  

Charged to the income statement 

Discounting charged to the income statement 

Repayments  

Foreign exchange released to the income statement 

At 31 December 2019

Recognised on revaluation

Paid  

Charged to the income statement 

Discounting charged to the income statement 

Borrowings  

Foreign exchange released to the income statement 

At 31 December 2020

A currency analysis for the bank borrowings is shown below:

Pounds sterling

Total bank borrowings

Bank 
overdrafts 
£’000

Bank 
borrowings 
£’000

Government 
borrowings 
£’000

Contingent 
consideration 
£’000

2,379

33,900

—

—

—

—

—

(180)

112

—

(2,379)

(20,000) 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13,832

—

—

48

—

5,000

—

18,880

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

750

—

750

1,477

336

(983)

(989)

218

—

(45) 

14

3,086

(1,934)

625

(44)

—

210

1,957

Total 
£’000

37,756

336

(1,163)

(877)

218

 (22,379) 

(45)

13,846

3,086

(1,934)

673

(44)

5,750

210

21,587

31 December
2020
 £’000

31 December
2019
 £’000

18,880

18,880

13,832

13,832

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and NatWest. The committed facility, totalling £24,000,000, comprises a revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of £23,000,000 (of which 
£19,000,000 was drawn as at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £14,000,000)) and £1,000,000 available as an overdraft for working capital purposes. The RCF has a maturity date 
of 20 September 2023. The drawn RCF and any further drawings under the RCF are repayable on maturity of the facility. The facility may be used for deferred consideration payments on 
past acquisitions, to fund future potential acquisitions, and for general working capital requirements.

Loan arrangement fees of £120,000 (31 December 2019: £168,000) are offset against the term loan and are being amortised over the period of the loan. £45,000 of loan arrangement 
fees have been included within creditors due within one year and the balancing £75,000 have been included within creditors due after more than one year.

The facility bears variable interest of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. The margin rate is able to be lowered each quarter end depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.

The undrawn amount of the revolving credit facility is liable to a fee of 40% of the prevailing margin. The Group may elect to prepay all or part of the outstanding loan subject to a break 
fee, by giving five business days’ notice.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

123

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

19. Financial liabilities continued
All amounts owing to the bank are guaranteed by way of fixed and floating charges over 
the current and future assets of the Group. As such, a composite guarantee has been given 
by all significant subsidiary companies in the UK, US, Germany and Australia.

Government borrowings represent an amount received as a part of the US Paycheck 
Protection Programme. Loan forgiveness will be applied for in relation to this balance 
when the lenders open the application process. If this application is successful, this balance 
will be treated as a grant rather than a loan and will be released to the income statement. 
If the application is unsuccessful then this balance will continue to be treated as a loan, 
will incur interest at 1% and will be repayable within two years.

Contingent consideration represents additional amounts that are expected to be payable 
for acquisitions made by the Group and is held at fair value at the statement of financial 
position date. All amounts are expected to be fully paid by April 2021.

Contingent consideration has been recognised in the period in relation to the minority 
buyout of Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.. The consideration payable in relation to the 
minority buyout of Ebiquity Italy was contingent upon the performance for the years ending 
31 December 2018 to 31 December 2019.

It has been determined that the deferred payments in relation to the acquisition of Digital 
Decisions B.V. (‘Digital Decisions’) should be treated as post-date remuneration. IFRS 3 
(revised) provides guidance for situations where contingent consideration may be 
considered to be remuneration for post-acquisition employment. We have reviewed these 
guidelines and assessed the indicators in IFRS 3. Taken in aggregate, these indicate that 
the payments to the seller (who remains an employee) do indeed constitute post-date 
remuneration but should be treated as such. As a result, instead of the contingent 
consideration being recognised in full as at 31 December 2020 within financial liabilities, 
only any amount payable in relation to 2020 is to be provided for, within accruals and 
contract liabilities. The calculated amount owed relating to 2020 is £nil.

20. Provisions

Onerous 
lease1 

  Dilapidations2 

At 1 January 2019

Recognition of dilapidations provision

Discounting charged to the 
income statement

Utilisation of provision

Unused amounts released to 
income statement

At 31 December 2019 

Discounting charged to the 
income statement

Utilisation of provision

At 31 December 2020

Current  

Non-current  

£’000

324

—

—

(57)

(267)

—

—

—

—

—

—

£’000

313

450

(63)

—

(13)

687

25

(300)

412

—

412

Total 
£’000

637

450

(63)

(57)

(280)

687

25

(300)

412

—

412

1.  The onerous lease provisions recognised in a prior year in relation to the Hamburg and Sydney offices have been 

utilised in the current year, with the excess released. The provisions were utilised until the Company was released 
from the lease obligation on a new tenant occupying the space. 

2.  The dilapidations provision relates to the expected costs of vacating various properties. The amount recognised 
in the prior year relates to the newly occupied London office. The provision is expected to be fully utilised by 
June 2024.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

124

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

21. Deferred tax

At 1 January 2019

(Charge)/credit to income 

At 31 December 2019 

Credit/(charge) to income 

Recognised on acquisition (note 28)

At 31 December 2020 

Tangible 
assets 
£’000

Intangible 
assets 
£’000

Share-based 
payments 
£’000

Tax  
losses 
£’000

  Other timing  
differences 
£’000

242

162

404

169

—

573

(1,281)

245

(1,036)

(42)

(13)

(1,091)

428

(327)

101

(58)

—

43

276

171

447

(3)

—

444

(290)

52

(238)

74

—

(164)

Total 
£’000

(625)

303

(322)

140

(13)

(195)

Certain non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balance (after offset) for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets – non-current

Deferred tax liabilities – current

Deferred tax liabilities – non-current

31 December
2020
 £’000

31 December
2019
 £’000

1,145

(250)

(1,090)

(195)

986

(272)

(1,036)

(322)

At the year end, the Group had tax losses of £2,117,000 (31 December 2019: £2,062,000) available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset of £444,000 (31 December 2019: 
£447,000) has been recognised in respect of such losses.

The Group has unrecognised tax losses of £2,420,000 (31 December 2019: £784,000) and unrecognised deferred tax assets of £511,000 (31 December 2019: £156,000) in relation to 
tax losses.

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings has not been recognised as management do not intend to pay dividends from jurisdictions where a tax charge would be incurred, and dividends 
received are not taxed in the UK.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

125

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

22. Ordinary shares

At 1 January 2019 – ordinary shares of 25p 

Share options exercised

At 31 December 2019 – ordinary shares of 25p

Shares issued 

Share options exercised

Number 
of shares

79,113,190

1,002,436

80,115,626

2,437,628

30,000

Nominal 
value 
£’000

19,778

251

20,029

609

8

At 31 December 2020 – ordinary shares of 25p 

82,583,254

20,646

Ordinary shares carry voting rights and are entitled to share in the profits of the Company 
(dividends). At the year end, 1,970,375 shares were held by the ESOP (31 December 2019: 
2,410,458). The Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

23. Reserves
Share premium 
The share premium reserve of £255,000 (31 December 2019: £46,000) shows the amount 
subscribed for share capital in excess of the nominal value. 

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of the merger reserve, ESOP reserve and translation reserve.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve of £3,667,000 (31 December 2019: £3,667,000) arose on the issuance 
of shares at a premium on a Group restructure, where the premium on issue qualified for 
merger relief. There has been no movement in the year.

ESOP reserve
The ESOP reserve of £1,478,000 debit (31 December 2019: £1,478,000 debit) represents 
the cost of own shares acquired in the Company by the Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). 
The purpose of the EBT is to facilitate and encourage the ownership of shares by employees, 
by acquiring shares in the Company and distributing them in accordance with employee 
share schemes. The EBT may operate in conjunction with the Company’s existing share 
option schemes and other schemes that may apply from time to time.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve of £3,272,000 (31 December 2019: £2,239,000) arises on the 
translation into sterling of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations, offset by 
any changes in fair value of financial instruments used to hedge this exposure. At this 
time there are no hedges in place.

Retained earnings
The retained earnings reserve shows the cumulative net gains and losses recognised in 
the consolidated income statement. 

For detailed movements on each of the above reserves, refer to the consolidated statement 
of changes in equity.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

126

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

24. Share‑based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled share incentive schemes used to award employees of the Group. A charge based on the fair value of the award on the grant date is taken 
to the consolidated income statement over the vesting period to recognise the cost of these. 

Executive Share Option Plan – 27 September 2012

10 years   September 2013-September 2022

Options outstanding at 31 December 2020:

Name of share option scheme and grant date

Executive Share Option Plan – 11 August 2011

Executive Share Option Plan – 23 May 2013

Executive Share Option Plan – 17 January 2014

Executive Share Option Plan – 15 May 2014

Executive Share Option Plan – 1 October 2015

Executive Incentive Plan – 27 January 2016

Executive Share Option Plan – 24 July 2017

Executive Share Option Plan – 13 February 2018

Executive Share Option Plan – 24 May 2018

Executive Share Option Plan – 11 July 2018

Executive Share Option Plan – 11 November 2019

Executive Share Option Plan – 4 December 2019

Life of 
option

Exercise 
period

Exercise 
price 
(pence)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

10 years

August 2012-August 2021

25.0-71.5

April 2016-May 2023

April 2016-January 2024

April 2017-May 2024

April 2018-October 2025

June 2016-January 2026

December 2018-July 2027

April 2021-February 2028

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

December 2020-May 2028

nil-25.0

April 2023-July 2028

10 years   December 2021-November 2029

10 years

April 2022-December 2029

97.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

nil

25.0

25.0

nil

nil

47.2

97.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

nil

25.0

16.9

25.0

nil

nil

Number

69,100

110,001

67,766

82,418

94,781

505,000

200,000

280,000

1,383,000

525,000

315,000

270,000

1,104,167

5,006,233

Executive Incentive Plan (‘EIP’)
This is a discretionary scheme for the Directors of the Company. 

On 12 May 2010, 4,200,000 options with an exercise price of 35p each were awarded under the EIP to two Directors. Vesting of the options was subject to the satisfaction of performance 
criteria designed to achieve growth of the business while at the same time maintaining and enhancing underlying earnings per share over the period to 30 April 2013. These options lapsed 
in May 2020 since the share price remained below the exercise price.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

127

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

24. Share‑based payments continued
Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)
This is a discretionary scheme, comprised of an HMRC-approved schedule and an 
unapproved schedule. The ESOP provides a lock-in incentive to Executive Directors and key 
management. Vesting of these options is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance 
criteria and typically around the rate of growth of diluted adjusted earnings per share over 
a three-year period. Rights to ESOP options lapse if the employee leaves the Company.

Options had not been granted to the Executive team between October 2015 and 
February 2018 due to many of them being involved in the sale of the Advertising Intelligence 
business and therefore possessing price sensitive information. In 2018 options were granted 
in respect of the years ending 31 December 2016, 2017 and 2018. The options awarded in 
respect of the years ended 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017 vest based on a sliding 
scale of compound growth of adjusted diluted EPS over a five-year period of between 
4% and 10%. 

The options awarded in respect of the years ending 31 December 2018 and 31 December 
2019 have the same performance conditions other than the EPS growth rates of between 
8% and 15% are required for vesting. 

No share options (2019: 1,812,500) have been granted to employees under the ESOP in the 
year ended 31 December 2020.

Enterprise Management Incentive scheme (‘EMI scheme’)
The EMI scheme is a discretionary share option scheme which provides that options with 
a value at the date of grant of up to £120,000 may be granted to employees. The EMI 
scheme provides a lock-in incentive to key management and is also utilised to attract key 
staff. Rights to EMI share options lapse if the employee leaves the Company. There are 
no further performance conditions.

No share options have been granted under this scheme since 13 April 2010 as the Group 
was, from that date, too large to qualify under the HMRC EMI scheme rules. As at 
31 December 2020, there are no options outstanding under this scheme.

Unapproved Company Share Option Plan (‘UCSOP’)
This is a discretionary scheme, which provides that options may be granted where 
employees were not eligible to join the EMI scheme. The UCSOP provides a lock-in incentive 
to key management. Rights to UCSOP options lapse if the employee leaves the Company.

No share options have been granted to any employees under the UCSOP in the year ended 
31 December 2020.

Movements in outstanding ordinary share options:

Year ended 
31 December 2020

Number 
of share 
options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

Year ended 
31 December 2019

Number 
of share 
options

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

Outstanding at beginning 
of year 

10,889,463

28.8

11,333,071

Granted during the year

—

Exercised during the year

(30,000)

Lapsed during the year

(5,853,230)

Performance criteria not 
expected to be met

—

—

—

—

—

1,812,500

(1,002,436)

(1,253,672)

—

 28.6 

—

 0.25 

—

—

Outstanding at the 
end of the year 

Exercisable at the 
end of the year

5,006,233

17.7 

10,889,463

 28.8 

1,619,065

23.5

5,976,963

33.2 

During the year, no share options were granted (2019: share options were granted with 
a weighted average fair value of 41.1p). These fair values were calculated using the 
Black-Scholes model with the following inputs:

Weighted average share price 

Exercise price 

Expected volatility1

Vesting period 

Risk-free interest rates

Year ended 
31 December 
2020

—

—

—

—

Year ended 
31 December   

2019

41.1p

nil

38.80%

2 to 2.5 years

— 0.57% to 0.61%

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

128

1.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company over the period commensurate with the expected 

life of the options.

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

24. Share‑based payments continued
Unapproved Company Share Option Plan (‘UCSOP’) continued
Options exercised in the year resulted in 30,000 shares (2019: 1,002,436 shares) being 
issued at nil cost per share. (2019: weighted average cost of 25p). The weighted average 
share price on the dates of exercise for options exercised during the year was 25.0p 
(2019: 51.0p).

The options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of 1.3 years (31 December 2019: 2.2 years), with a range of exercise prices 
between nil and 25p.

The total charge in respect of share option schemes recognised in the consolidated income 
statement during the year amounted to a credit of £1,845,000 (2019: a charge of 
£195,000).

25. Capital and financial risk management
General objectives, policies and processes
The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible 
without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. The Board has overall 
responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management policies and, whilst 
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing 
and operating the processes that ensure the effective implementation of the financial 
risk management objectives and policies, to the Group’s finance function. The Board 
receives monthly reports from the Group’s finance function through which it monitors the 
effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the policies it sets. 

Capital and other reserves 
The Group considers its capital to comprise of its cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, 
ordinary share capital, share premium, non-controlling interests, reserves and accumulated 
retained earnings.

The Group’s objective when maintaining capital is to safeguard the entity’s ability to 
continue as a going concern so that it can continue to invest in the growth of the business 
and ultimately to provide an adequate return to its shareholders. The Directors believe the 
Group has sufficient capital to continue trading in the foreseeable future. 

The following table summarises the capital of the Group:

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost:

Bank overdraft

Bank borrowings

Government borrowings

Net debt 

Equity 

Capital 

31 December 
2020 
£’000

Restated 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

11,121

8,236

—

—

(18,880)

(13,832)

(750)

(8,509)

(30,746)

(39,255)

—

(5,596)

(37,892)

(43,488)

Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. The Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks and the methods used to 
measure them are described below. Further quantitative information in respect of 
these risks is presented throughout these financial statements.

There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial instrument 
risks, its objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks or the methods used 
to measure them from previous years unless otherwise stated in this note.

The Group is exposed through its operations to a variety of financial risks: credit risk; 
market risk (including interest rate and currency risk); and liquidity risk.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to 
a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations.

Trade receivables
The Group operates in an industry where most of its customers are reputable and 
well-established multinational or large national businesses. When the creditworthiness of 
a new customer is in doubt, credit limits and payment terms are established and authorised 
by the Territory Finance Director. The Group will suspend the services provided to customers 
who fail to meet the terms and conditions specified in their contract where it is 
deemed necessary.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

129

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Trade receivables continued
There is no concentration of credit risk within the Group. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is represented by the carrying values as at the year end.

The credit control function of the Group monitors outstanding debts of the Group. Debtor reports are reviewed and analysed on a regular basis. Trade receivables are analysed by the 
ageing and value of the debts. Customers with any overdue debts are contacted for payment and progress is tracked on a credit control report. Based on these procedures, management 
assessed the credit quality of those receivables that are neither past due nor impaired as low risk. There have been no significant changes to the composition of receivables counterparties 
within the Group that indicate this would change in the future.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are reasonable approximations of their fair value.

Financial assets past due but not impaired
The following is an analysis of the Group’s trade receivables identifying the totals of trade receivables which are past due but not impaired:

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

The following is an analysis of the Group’s provision against trade receivables:

Trade receivables

Total 
£’000

3,631

3,848

Past due 
+ 30 days  

£’000

2,225

1,827

Past due 
+ 60 days 
£’000

1,406

2,021

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Gross 
value 
£’000

15,895

Provision 
£’000

(301)

Carrying 
value 
£’000

15,594

Gross 
value 
£’000

16,153

Provision 
£’000

(75)

Carrying 
value 
£’000

16,078

The Group records impairment losses on its trade receivables separately from the gross amounts receivable. Impaired receivables are provided against based on expected recoverability. 
The movements on this allowance during the year are summarised below:

Opening balance

Increase in provision

Written off against provision

Recovered amount reversed

Recovered amount reversed

Closing balance

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

Year ended 
31 December
2020
 £’000

Year ended 
31 December
2019
 £’000

75

266

(1)

(37)

(2)

301

73

83

(41)

(40)

—

75

130

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Market risk
Market risk arises from the Group’s use of interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency 
financial instruments. There is a risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial 
instrument will fluctuate because of changes in interest rates (interest rate risk), foreign 
exchange rates (currency risk) or other market factors (other price risk).

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk from bank loans and a revolving credit facility.

To illustrate the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, a 0.5% increase/decrease in the rate 
applied to the Group’s borrowings would have resulted in a post-tax movement of £72,000 
(2019: £67,000).

Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on foreign currency trading and intercompany 
balances, and also on the foreign currency bank accounts which it holds. These risks are 
offset by the holding of certain foreign currency bank borrowings. The translation of the 
assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries represents a risk to the Group’s 
equity balances.

The Group’s exposure to currency risk at the year end can be illustrated by the following:

31 December 2020

Increase in  
profit  
before tax1  

£’000

Increase in  
equity 1 
£’000

Restated 
31 December 2019

Increase in  
profit  
before tax1  

£’000

Increase in  
equity1 
£’000

10% strengthening of 
US dollar

10% strengthening of euro

10% strengthening of 
Australian dollar

111

172

(12)

2,069

1,281

631

99

339

10

2,379

1,143

653

1.  An equal weakening of any currency would broadly have the opposite effect.

The currency profile of the financial assets at 31 December 2020 is as follows:

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Net trade 
receivables

Pounds sterling

US dollar 

Euro 

Australian dollar

Russian rouble

Singapore dollar

Chinese renminbi

Indian rupee 

New Zealand dollar

South African rand

United Arab  
Emirate dirham

Chilean peso 

Swiss franc 

31 December 
 2020  
£’000

1,999

1,752

4,570

1,223

280

174

950

40

8

—

125

—

—

31 December 
 2019  

£’000

1,731

1,588

3,227

555

243

233

555

—

—

—

104

—

—

31 December 
 2020  
£’000

4,518

4,060

5,990

31 December 
 2019  

£’000

4,621

3,360

6,527

395

198

47

119

60

9

—

103

5

90

683

343

(35)

423

20

117

19

—

—

—

11,121

8,236

15,594

16,078

Other price risks
The Group does not have any material exposure to other price risks.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

131

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the finance 
charges and principal repayments on its debt instruments, the risk being that the Group 
may not meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

The liquidity risk of each Group company is managed centrally by the Group. All surplus cash 
in the UK is held centrally to maximise the returns on deposits through economies of scale. 
The type of cash instrument used, and its maturity date will depend on the Group’s forecast 
cash requirements. Throughout the year, the Group maintained a revolving credit facility 
with Barclays and NatWest (see note 19) to manage any short-term cash requirements. 
At 31 December 2020, £4,000,000 (31 December 2019: £9,000,000) of the revolving credit 
facility was undrawn and the £1,000,000 overdraft remains available. The facility expires in 
September 2023, at which point drawn-down amounts will be repayable.

It is a condition of the borrowings that the Group passes various covenant tests on a 
quarterly basis and the Group finance team regularly monitors the Group forecasts to 
ensure they are not breached.

The Group implemented cost management measures in response to maintain liquidity 
and protect the business while also preserving jobs. These included a hiring and pay freeze, 
temporary salary reductions for the Board and some senior managers, and the use of 
government support schemes in Australia, China, France, UK and USA. The Group also 
renegotiated the covenants on our banking facilities and deferred the payment of dividends 
until economic and business conditions become more certain.

Categories of financial assets and liabilities
The following tables set out the categories of financial instruments held by the Group. 
All of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Financial assets

Current financial assets

Amortised cost: 

Trade and other receivables1 (note 15)

Lease receivables (note 13)

Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

16,389

171

11,121

27,681

16,960

—

8,236

25,196

1.  Trade and other receivables includes net trade receivables and other receivables and excludes prepayments and 

contract assets.

Financial liabilities

Current financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost:

Trade and other payables1

Accruals 

Bank overdrafts

Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities2

Liabilities at fair value through profit and loss:

Contingent consideration

Non‑current financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities at amortised cost:

Bank loans and borrowings

Government borrowings

Lease liabilities2

Liabilities at fair value through profit and loss:

Contingent consideration

Total financial liabilities

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

2,827

5,392

—

(45)

3,459

4,449

—

(36)

2,338

1,834

1,957

12,469

14

9,720

18,925

750

5,820

—

25,495

37,964

13,868

—

7,756

—

21,624

31,344

1.  Trade and other payables includes trade payables and other payables and excludes other taxation and social security 

and contract liabilities.

2.  Lease liabilities are those recognised in accordance with IFRS 16.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

132

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

25. Capital and financial risk management continued
Financial liabilities continued
The following table illustrates the contractual maturity analysis of the Group’s financial 
liabilities:

Fair value measurement
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured 
subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree 
to which the fair value is observable:

At 31 December 2020

Trade and other payables

Accruals 

Bank loans and overdrafts

Government borrowings

Lease liabilities1

Contingent consideration

Undiscounted cash flows

Less: finance charges 
allocated to future periods

Present value 

At 31 December 2019

Trade and other payables

Accruals 

Bank loans and overdrafts

Government borrowings

Lease liabilities1

Contingent consideration

Undiscounted cash flows

Less: finance charges 
allocated to future periods

Present value 

1.  Lease liabilities are those recognised in accordance with IFRS 16.

Within
one year 
£’000

One to 
five years 
£’000

Total 
£’000

2,827

5,392

—

—

19,905

20,420

750

6,109

—

750

8,657

1,957

26,763

40,002

2,827

5,392

515

—

2,548

1,957

13,239

(770)

12,469

(1,269)

25,495

(2,039)

37,964

3,459

4,449

541

—

2,111

14

—

—

15,762

—

8,293

—

10,574

24,055

3,459

4,449

16,303

—

10,404

14

34,629

(854)

9,720

(2,431)

21,624

(3,285)

31,344

		 Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities;

		 Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices 
included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or 
indirectly; and

		 Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include 

inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Level 1 
£’000

Level 2 
£’000

Level 3 
£’000

Total 
£’000

At 31 December 2020

Financial liabilities

Contingent consideration

At 31 December 2019

Financial liabilities

Contingent consideration

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,957

1,957

14

14

1,957

1,957

14

14

Refer to note 19 for a reconciliation of movements during the year.

The fair value of the contingent consideration of £1,957,000 (31 December 2019: £14,000) 
was estimated by applying the income approach. The fair value estimates are based on a 
discount rate of 2.3% forecast EBIT of Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. and Ebiquity Marsh 
Limited. This is a Level 3 fair value measurement. The key assumption in calculating the 
contingent consideration payable is the discount rate.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

133

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

26. Dividends

Dividend in respect of the prior year

Total dividend paid

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

—

—

534

534

No dividends were paid during the current financial year (2019: £534,000). Dividends 
were paid to non-controlling interests as shown in the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity.

28. Acquisitions
Ebiquity Germany GmbH
On 11 June 2019, the Group acquired the outstanding 5.97% interest in its subsidiary 
undertaking, Ebiquity Germany GmbH, from the minority shareholder for cash 
consideration of €380,000 (£336,000).

Digital Decisions B.V.
On 8 January 2020, the Group completed the purchase of Digital Decisions B.V. (‘Digital 
Decisions’). The acquisition was for an initial cash consideration of €700,000 (£597,000) 
with further consideration payable in a mix of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. The first deferred 
payment will be based on performance in the year to 31 December 2020 and the second will 
be based on the average performance for the two years ended 31 December 2022. 

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

Restated 
Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

(3,887)

(5,661)

Due to the integration of the Digital Decisions service with the Group’s overall digital media 
products, the basis of the revenue included in the performance calculation for the two years 
ended 31 December 2022 was amended to include the contribution from all digital media 
products developed by the Digital Innovation Centre. The multiple applied in calculating the 
contingent consideration was reduced from 8 times to 6 times the average of the relevant 
profits generated in 2021 and 2022. 

The fair value of the purchase consideration for the acquisition of Digital Decisions is 
as follows:

Cash 

As discussed in note 19, the deferred payments constitute post-date remuneration 
and therefore will be accrued in accordance to the period they relate. The amount 
owing for the first deferred payment in relation to the performance for the year 
ending 31 December 2020 has been determined as £nil, therefore no accrual is 
required as at 31 December 2020. 

£’000

597

2,761

2,087

—

(3)

24

817

—

35

(1,845)

(39)

915

791

1,656

2,457

1,714

—

5,827

2,163

2,042

58

5

641

5,989

761

47

195

(9)

907

(779)

6,359

2,136

(2,838)

—

5,657

27. Cash generated from operations

(Loss) before taxation  

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation (notes 12 and 13) 

Amortisation (note 11)

Loan fees written off

(Gain)/loss on disposal  

Impairment of right-of-use assets (note 13)

Impairment of goodwill (note 10)

Impairment of intangibles (note 11)

Unrealised foreign exchange loss 

Share option (credits)/charges (note 3) 

Finance income (note 6)

Finance expenses (note 6) 

Contingent consideration revaluations (note 3)

Decrease in trade and other receivables 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Movement in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

134

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

28. Acquisitions continued
Digital Decisions B.V. continued
The carrying value and the provisional fair value of the net assets recognised at the date of 
acquisition are as follows:

Carrying  
value 
£’000

Fair value  
adjustment 
£’000¹

Fair value  

£’000

Brands 

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition²

Purchase consideration recognised 
on acquisition

—

16

127

10

(97)

 —

56

70

—

—

—

—

(13)

57

70

16

127

10

(97)

(13)

113

484

597

1.  The fair value adjustments relate to the finalisation of the allocation of the purchase consideration accounting for 

intangible assets (brands) and deferred tax liabilities.

2.  The goodwill recognised of £484,000 is attributable to the assembled workforce, expected synergies and other 

intangible assets, which do not qualify for separate recognition. None of the goodwill arising from the acquisition 
is expected to be tax deductible.

Digital Decisions contributed £429,000 to revenue and a loss of £56,000 to loss before 
tax for the period between the date of acquisition and the year ended 31 December 2020. 
Acquisition-related costs of £37,000 were incurred during the year ended 
31 December 2020 and have been recognised within highlighted items. Refer to note 3 for 
further details.

Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.
On 3 February 2020, the Group agreed to acquire the remaining 49% interest in its 
subsidiary, Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l. (‘Ebiquity Italy’), from the founders and 
minority shareholders Arcangelo DiNieri and Maria Gabrielli. The transaction completed 
on 28 May 2020, following the approval of the Group’s audited financial statements. 
The total consideration of €3,648,000 (£3,086,000) was based on an average of Ebiquity 
Italy’s profit before tax and management charges for the years ending 31 December 2018 
and 2019.

The consideration is being paid in a combination of cash and Ebiquity plc shares. 
At completion, 25% of the total consideration was settled by the issue of 2,437,628 
Ebiquity plc shares and 5% in cash. As at 31 December 2020 €1,427,000 (£1,303,000) 
remains outstanding. All contingent consideration payments were paid by 1 March 2021. 

Ebiquity Russia Limited/Ebiquity Russia OOO
On 24 December 2020, the Group acquired a further 24.95% in its subsidiary undertakings, 
Ebiquity Russia Limited and Ebiquity Russia OOO (collectively, ‘Ebiquity Russia’), from its 
minority shareholder Vladimir Rass. The total consideration of US$517,000 (£405,000) 
is based on a multiple of Ebiquity Russia’s profit before tax and management charges for 
the year ending 31 December 2020 and was paid in full on completion on 24 December 2020. 
The Group now holds 75.05% of the share capital of each of these companies.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

135

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

29. Disposals
On 21 August 2019, it was decided to wind down the activities of Stratigent LLC, the 
Chicago-based marketing technology business which has been trading at a loss due to 
significantly reduced demand in the US market for the software technology on which 
its skills were focused. This was the result of a wider review of opportunities for further 
efficiency gains across the business as well as examining investment areas to ensure 
these fit with the Group’s strategic priorities. As at 31 December 2020, all contractual 
requirements with remaining clients have been fulfilled.

30. Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business 
and provision is made where liabilities are considered likely to arise on the basis of current 
information and legal advice.

31. Related party transactions
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (refer to note 14) and 
key management personnel including Directors and Executive Committee members.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, or between subsidiaries, 
have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details 
of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are considered to be the key management 
personnel of the Group, is set out in note 5. There were no post-employment or other 
long-term benefits other than contributions to private pension schemes.

Transactions with companies related to key management personnel
Costs of £2,000 (2019: £2,000) for a membership subscription were charged to the 
Company by the Quoted Companies Alliance, a company of which Alan Newman was 
a director until 29 October 2020.

32. Events after the reporting period
There have been no events after the reporting period requiring disclosure.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

136

Financial statementsCompany statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2020

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

Note

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of 
the Companies Act 2006 not to present its own income statement in these financial 
statements.

Fixed assets 

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Deferred tax asset

Total fixed assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash at bank and in hand

Total current assets

Creditors: amounts falling 
due within one year

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due 
after more than one year

Net assets 

Equity 

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ funds

The movement in reserves of the Company includes a profit for the year of £17,936,000 
(2019: loss for the year of £6,864,000).

The notes on pages 139 to 149 are an integral part of the financial statements of the 
Company. The financial statements on pages 137 and 138 were approved and authorised 
for issue by the Board of Directors on 24 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by:

Alan Newman 
Director 

Ebiquity plc. Registered No. 03967525

25 March 2021

2,309

4,025

49,082

91

55,507

22,712

263

22,975

(44,856)

(21,881)

33,626

(18,473)

15,153

7

8

9

10

11

2,794

3,054

48,807

201

54,856

27,312

53

27,365

12

(28,091)

(726)

54,130

(22,069)

32,061

13

14

15

15

15

20,646

20,029

255

(733)

11,893

32,061

46

(733)

(4,189)

15,153

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

137

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2019

(Loss) for the year 

Other comprehensive result for the year

Total comprehensive (loss) for the year

Proceeds from shares issued

Share-based payments charge

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments

Dividends to shareholders

At 31 December 2019

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive result for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Proceeds from shares issued

Share-based payments credit

Capital contribution relating to share-based payments

Dividends to shareholders

At 31 December 2020

The notes on pages 139 to 149 are an integral part of the financial statements of the Company.

Note

14

14

14

14

Share 
capital 
£’000

19,778

—

—

—

251

—

—

—

20,029

—

—

—

617

—

—

—

Share 
premium 
£’000 

44

—

—

—

2

—

—

—

46

—

—

—

209

—

—

—

Other  
reserves 
£’000

(733)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(733)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

3,014

(6,864)

—

Total 
£’000

22,103

(6,864)

—

(6,864)

(6,864)

—

33

162

(534)

(4,189)

17,936

—

17,936

(8)

(1,570)

(276)

—

253

33

162

(534)

15,153

17,936

—

17,936

818

(1,570)

(276)

—

20,646

255

(733)

11,893

32,061

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

138

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements 

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. General information
Ebiquity plc (the ‘Company’) acts as a holding company and is incorporated and domiciled 
in the UK. The Company is a public limited company and is limited by shares. The address 
of its registered office is Chapter House, 16 Brunswick Place, London N1 6DZ.

The financial statements of the Company represent the results for the year ended 
31 December 2020 whilst the comparatives represent the results for the year ended 
31 December 2019. 

The financial statements present information about the Company as an individual 
undertaking and not about its Group.

2. Basis of preparation
The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (‘FRS 101’). 
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Company 
meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its cash reserves and 
borrowings, described in note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. As at 
31 December 2020, the Company has undrawn bank facilities available of £5,000,000.

The lenders, Barclays and NatWest Bank, have agreed to covenant waivers and 
modifications where required in order to negate the risk of any future covenant breaches.

The existing covenants remained in place for the 12 months to March 2020 and June 2020 
and were achieved. In response to the disruption caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, modified 
covenants were agreed with the lenders in May 2020 which applied from July 2020 to 
30 November 2021. These require the Group to maintain minimum liquidity of at least 
£5 million at the end of every month during that period. In March 2021, a further covenant 
amendment was agreed with the lenders. With effect from September 2021, the minimum 
liquidity covenant will increase to £7.0 million and will be in place until June 2022. In addition, 
with effect from September 2021 an interest cover covenant will be reintroduced at > 4.0 
and an adjusted leverage covenant will also be reintroduced initially at < 4.0, increasing to 
< 4.25 in December 2021 and to < 4.5 in March 2022, then reducing to < 3.5 in June 2022. 
The original covenants which were in force until June 2020 will apply again from 
September 2022 onwards. 

In assessing the going concern status of the Group and Company, the Directors have 
considered the Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance and the Group’s cash flows, liquidity and bank facilities. 
Specifically, the Directors have prepared a model to forecast covenant compliance and 
liquidity to 31 December 2022 that includes a base case and scenario to form a severe 
but plausible downside case. 

The base case assumes growth in Group revenue and EBITDA when compared to the 
outturn of FY20 and assumes that trading will recover to 2019 levels by 31 December 2022. 
The severe but plausible case assumes a downside adjustment to Group revenue of 7%, 
offset by mitigating factors within the control of the Directors. Under both of these cases, 
there is headroom on covenant compliance and liquidity throughout the going 
concern period. 

The Directors have also considered a scenario that leads to a breach in covenants, a form 
of reverse stress test. Actual trading in FY21 and the proportion of secured revenue at this 
time, is ahead of last year and whilst there is inherent uncertainty in trading for the second 
half of FY21 and into FY22, trading levels would need to significantly reduce to a level that 
is consistent with FY20 for there to be a breach in covenants. This scenario is not deemed 
plausible by the Directors. 

In addition, the downside assumptions that are applied to the base case are different 
from those modelled at the half year. The Directors are satisfied that based on the 
current trading performance of the Group and Company, the proven ability of the Group 
and Company to work remotely and still serve clients during the pandemic and the current 
vaccine roll outs, the prior downside assumptions are no longer plausible.

The Directors consider that the Group and Company will have sufficient liquidity within 
existing bank facilities, totalling £24,000,000 to meet its obligations during the next 
12 months and hence consider it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on 
a going concern basis. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and 
in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using FRS 101.

The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101:

a.  the requirements of paragraphs 45(b) and 46-52 of IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ 

(details of the number of weighted-average exercise prices of share options, and how 
the fair value of goods and services received was determined);

b.  the requirements of IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’;

c.  the requirements of paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ 

(disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for ‘fair value measurement’ 
of assets and liabilities);

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

139

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Basis of preparation continued
d.  the requirement in paragraph 38 of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ 

to present comparative information in respect of:

I.  paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1;

II.  paragraph 73(E) of IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’;

III. paragraph 118(E) of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ (reconciliations between the carrying 

amount at the beginning and end of the period);

The following paragraphs of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’:

I.  10D (statement of cash flows);

II.  16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);

III. 38A (requirement for minimum of two primary statements, including cash 

flow statements);

IV. 38B-D (additional comparative information);

V.  111 (cash flow statement information); and

VI. 134–136 (capital management disclosures).

e.  IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’;

f.  paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies’, changes in accounting estimates 

and errors (requirement for the disclosure of information when an entity has not applied 
a new IFRS that has been issued but is not yet effective);

g.  paragraph 17 of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ (key management compensation); and

h.  the requirements in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ to disclose related party 

transactions entered into between two or more members of a group, provided that 
any subsidiary which is a party to the transaction is wholly owned by such a member.

Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

Finance income and expenses
Finance income and expenses represents interest receivable and payable. Finance income 
and expense is recognised on an accruals basis, based on the interest rate applicable to 
each bank or loan account.

Foreign currency transactions
The results and financial position of the Company are expressed in pounds sterling, 
which is the functional currency of the Company and the presentation currency for 
the Company financial statements.

Trading transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the 
exchange rate ruling when the transaction was entered into. Assets and liabilities expressed 
in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the end of the 
financial period.

All transactions involving foreign exchange gains and losses are dealt with through the 
income statement as and when they arise.

Retirement benefits
For defined contribution pension schemes, the Company pays contributions to privately 
administered pension plans on a voluntary basis. The Company has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions have been paid. Contributions are charged to the 
income statement in the period to which they relate.

Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to its employees and employees 
of subsidiaries using the Company’s equity instruments. These are measured at fair value 
(excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant and 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate 
of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based 
vesting conditions. A corresponding credit is recorded in equity.

For share options without performance conditions, fair value is measured by use of the 
Black-Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimates, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, 
and behavioural considerations.

The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees of 
subsidiary undertakings in the Group is treated as a capital contribution. The fair value of 
employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised 
over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a 
corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity financial statements. 

Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

140

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Basis of preparation continued
Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the 
Company’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by 
the Company’s shareholders.

Intangible assets
Computer software
Purchased computer software intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their useful lives, which vary from four to five years.

Internally generated intangible assets – development expenditure
Internally generated intangible assets relate to bespoke computer software and technology 
developed by the Group’s internal software development team. During the year, the Company 
generated £1,053,000 of internally generated intangible assets (2019: £747,000).

Leases
The Company has a lease arrangement for buildings. At the inception of a lease contract, 
the Company assesses whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an 
identified asset for a certain period in exchange for a consideration, in which case it 
is identified as a lease. The Company then recognises a right-of-use asset and a 
corresponding lease liability at the lease commencement date. Lease-related assets 
and liabilities are measured on a present value basis. Lease-related assets and liabilities 
are subjected to re-measurement when either terms are modified, or lease assumptions 
have changed. Such an event results in the lease liability being re-measured to reflect the 
measurement of the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the 
discount rate at the time of the change. The lease assets are adjusted to reflect the change 
in the re-measured liabilities. 

Right-of-use assets 
Right-of-use assets include the net present value of the following components:

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s development expenditure 
is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met:

the initial measurement of the lease liability;

lease payments made before the commencement date of the lease; 

it is technically feasible to develop the asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

		 adequate resources are available to complete the development and to use or sell the asset;

initial direct costs; and

		 costs to restore. 

there is an intention to complete the asset for use or sale;

the Group is able to use or sell the intangible asset;

it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their 
useful lives. Amortisation commences when the asset is available for use and useful lives 
range from one to five years. The amortisation expense is included within administrative 
expenses. Where an internally generated intangible asset cannot be recognised, 
development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

The right-of-use assets are reduced for lease incentives relating to the lease. 
The right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the duration 
of the contract. In the event that the lease contract becomes onerous, 
the right-of-use asset is impaired for the part which has become onerous.

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following components: 

fixed payments excluding lease incentive receivables;

future contractually agreed fixed increases; and

		 payments related to renewals or early termination, in case options to renew or for early 

termination are reasonably certain to be exercised. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

141

Financial statements		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Basis of preparation continued
Leases continued
Lease liabilities continued
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If such rate 
cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that 
the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar 
value, in a similar economic environment, with similar terms and conditions. The discount 
rate that is used to calculate the present value reflects the interest rate applicable to the 
lease at inception of the contract. Lease contracts entered into in a currency different to 
the local functional currency are subjected to periodic foreign currency revaluations which 
are recognised in the income statement in net finance costs. 

The lease liabilities are subsequently increased by the interest costs on the lease liabilities 
and decreased by lease payments made.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Where the purchase consideration for the acquisition of an interest in a subsidiary is 
contingent on one or more future events, the cost of investment includes a reasonable 
estimate of the fair value of the amounts of consideration that are expected to be payable 
in the future. The cost of investment and the contingent consideration liability is adjusted 
until the ultimate payable is known.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and short-term deposits. In the statement 
of financial position, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.

Share capital
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the amount of the proceeds 
received, net of direct issuance costs.

Deferred taxation
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that 
taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilised. The recognition 
of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each year-end date.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the year-end date and are expected to apply when the deferred 
tax liabilities/assets are settled/recovered.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s statement of 
financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, and subsequently measured, 
at fair value through profit or loss (‘FVPL’), amortised cost, or fair value through 
other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’).

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s 
contractual cash flow characteristics and the Company’s business model for managing 
them. In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost or 
FVOCI, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are ‘solely payments of principal and 
interest’ on the principal amount outstanding (the ‘SPPI Criterion’).

Financial assets are initially measured at their fair value plus, for those financial assets not 
at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Purchases or sales of financial assets 
that require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention 
in the marketplace (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, being the date 
that the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset.

For the purposes of subsequent measurement, all of the Company’s financial assets are 
classified as financial assets at amortised cost. Financial assets at amortised cost comprise 
of assets that are held within a business model with the objective to hold the financial 
assets in order to collect contractual cash flows that meet the SPPI Criterion. This category 
includes the Company’s trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. 
These assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses, interest income, foreign 
exchange gains and losses, and impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. 
Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognised in profit or loss.

The Company has not classified any assets as being financial assets at FVOCI or FVPL.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

142

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Basis of preparation continued
Financial instruments continued
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, or as payables, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and 
borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Company’s financial liabilities comprise of trade and other payables and borrowings.

The Company’s payables are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Gains and losses 
are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised.

Borrowings consisting of interest-bearing secured and unsecured loans and overdrafts are 
initially recognised at fair value net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The 
difference between the proceeds received net of transaction costs and the redemption 
amount is amortised over the period of the borrowings to which they relate. The revolving 
credit facility is considered to be a long-term loan.

Executive Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’)
The ESOP’s investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from shareholders’ equity in 
the statement of financial position as if they were treasury shares, except that profits on 
the sale of ESOP shares are not credited to the share premium account.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors have made certain estimates and 
judgements relating to the reporting of results of operations and the financial position of 
the Company. Actual results may significantly differ from those estimates, often as the 
result of the need to make assumptions about matters which are uncertain. The estimates 
and judgements discussed below are considered by the Directors to be those that have a 
critical accounting impact to the financial statements. 

Critical accounting estimates include the terminal growth rate used in impairment 
assessments, inputs to share option accounting fair value models and amounts to capitalise 
as intangible assets. These estimates are reached with reference to historical experience, 
supporting detailed analysis and, in the case of impairment assessments and share option 
accounting, external economic factors.

Critical accounting judgements include the treatment of events after the reporting period 
determined to be adjusting or non-adjusting events and the terminal growth rate used in 
impairment assessments.

Investments
The Company has recorded an asset for investment in subsidiary companies. The Directors 
believe the carrying value of these investments is supported by their underlying net assets. 
Any changes to the carrying value of investments after the measurement period are 
recognised in the income statement.

3. Company results for the year
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006 not to present its own income statement in these financial 
statements.

The movement in reserves of the Company includes a profit for the year of £17,936,000 
(2019: loss for the year of £6,864,000).

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

143

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

4. Operating profit
Auditors’ remuneration
Fees for the audit of the Company were £3,000 (2019: £3,000). Fees paid to the 
Company’s auditors for services other than the statutory audit of the Company 
are disclosed in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Directors’ remuneration
Fees paid to the Company’s Directors are disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

5. Employee information
The monthly average number of employees employed by the Company during the year, 
including Executive Directors, was as follows:

IT development and support

Administration

Directors 

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
Number

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
Number

16

19

6

40

16

20

7

43

At 31 December 2020, the total number of employees of the Company was 41 
(31 December 2019: 42).

Staff costs for all employees, including Executive Directors, consist of:

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs

Share options (credit)/charge 

Total staff costs

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

2,567

413

88

(1,570)

1,499

3,575

334

135

33

4,077

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

6. Tax on profit/(loss) 

The tax charge is made up as follows: 

Current tax 

Deferred tax 

Origination and reversal of timing differences

Taxation 

Total tax credit

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

19

(110)

—

(91)

19

(91)

—

(72)

The tax assessment for the year differs (2019: differs) to the standard rate of corporation 
tax in the UK of 19.00% (31 December 2019: 19.00%). 

The differences are explained below:

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

Profit/(loss) at the standard rate of corporation tax 
in the UK of 19.00% (2019: 19.00%) 

Effects of: 

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

Year ended 
31 December 
2019 
£’000

17,844

(6,936)

3,390

(1,318)

(Income) not taxable/expenses not deductible 

(3,972)

Additions to intangibles

Relieved to other Group companies

Adjustments to tax credit in respect of prior years

Withholding tax suffered

Deferred tax 

Tax credit for the year

20

562

19

—

(110)

(91)

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings has not been recognised as management does 
not intend to pay dividends from jurisdictions where a tax charge would be incurred 
and dividends received are not taxed in the UK.

269

(127)

1,176

15

4

(91)

(72)

144

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

7. Intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Additions 

At 31 December 2020

Amortisation 

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

  Research and 
development 
£’000

Computer 
software 
£’000

2,252

1,053

3,305

(586)

(313)

(899)

2,406

1,666

1,576

—

1,576

(933)

(255)

(1,188)

388

643

Total 
£’000

3,828

1,053

4,881

(1,519)

(568)

(2,087)

2,794

2,309

8. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets 

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Assets recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019

Additions 

At 31 December 2019

Disposals 

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment for the year

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year 

Impairment for the year

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Buildings 
£’000

—

—

5,001

5,001

(65)

4,936

—

(472)

(504)

(976)

Total 
£’000

—

—

5,001

5,001

(65)

4,936

—

(472)

(504)

(976)

(1,007)

(1,007)

101

101

(1,882)

(1,882)

3,054

4,025 

3,054

 4,025 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

145

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

9. Investments in subsidiaries

Buildings 
£’000

Total 
£’000

Cost and net book value

At 1 January 2019

Additions 

Impairment 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2019

Disposals  

At 31 December 2020

8. Right‑of‑use assets and lease liabilities continued
Lease liabilities

Cost 

At 1 January 2019

Liabilities recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 
on 1 January 2019

Additions 

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

At 31 December 2019

Cash payments in the year

Interest charge in the year

At 31 December 2020

Current 

Non-current 

The present value of the minimum lease payments are as follows: 

—

—

—

—

4,630

4,630

—

90

4,720

(966)

130

3,884

1,152

2,732

—

90

4,720

(966)

130

3,884

1,152

2,732

The Company’s principal trading subsidiaries and associated undertakings are listed in 
note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. 

The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their 
underlying net assets, based on the impairment assessment carried out, as described 
in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

The disposal in the year relates to the allocation of £276,000 of the share option credit, 
being the portion attributable to staff employed by subsidiaries of the Company. 

£’000 

75,501

165

(7,754)

(18,830)

49,082

(275)

48,807

Amounts due: 

Within one year

Between one and two years 

Between two and three years

Between three and four years

Between four and five years

Later than five years

Minimum lease payments

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

1,259

1,259

1,259

315

—

—

955 

1,264 

1,264 

1,264 

319 

—

4,092

5,066

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

146

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

10. Deferred tax asset 

At 1 January 2019

Credit to income

At 31 December 2019

Credit to income

At 31 December 2020 

Tangible 
assets 
£’000

—

91

91

110

201

Total 
£’000

—

91

91

110

201

12. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade creditors

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

(45)

823

(36)

787

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

24,217

41,817

Corporation tax

Lease liabilities (note 8)

—

1,152

—

1,944

28,091

15

502

281

1,490

44,856

The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balance for financial reporting purposes:

Other taxation and social security

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

Accruals 

Deferred tax assets – non-current

Deferred tax liabilities – current

Deferred tax liabilities – non-current

201

—

—

201

91

—

—

91

Included within amounts owed to Group undertakings is an amount which is unsecured, 
incurs interest at 5.5% plus Bank of England base rate, has no fixed date of repayment and 
is repayable on demand. The residual amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, 
interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

Deferred tax relates to the timing differences arising on adoption of IFRS 16. A deferred 
tax asset has arisen since the depreciation of the right-of-use asset exceeds the lease cash 
payments made.

There are no unrecognised deferred tax assets.

11. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

Other receivables

Other taxation and social security

Prepayments 

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

—

26,205

319

122

666

170

21,861

230

—

451

27,312

22,712

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing, have no fixed 
date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

13. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank loans – between two and five years 

Provisions 

Lease liabilities (note 8)

31 December 
2020 
£’000

31 December 
2019 
£’000

18,925

412

2,732

22,069

13,868

387

4,218

18,473

All bank borrowings are held jointly with Barclays and NatWest. The new committed 
facility, totalling £24,000,000, comprises a revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) of £23,000,000 
(of which £19,000,000 was drawn down at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: 
£14,000,000)) and £1,000,000 available as an overdraft for working capital purposes. 
The RCF has a maturity date of 20 September 2023. The drawn RCF and any further 
drawings under the RCF are repayable on maturity of the facility. The facility may be 
used for deferred consideration payments on past acquisitions, to fund future potential 
acquisitions, and for general working capital requirements.

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

147

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

13. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year continued
Loan arrangement fees of £120,000 (31 December 2019: £168,000) are offset against 
the term loan, and are being amortised over the period of the loan. £45,000 of loan 
arrangement fees have been included within creditors due within one year and the 
balancing £75,000 has been included within creditors due after more than one year.

The facility bears variable interest of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. The margin rate is 
able to be lowered each quarter end depending on the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.

The undrawn amount of the revolving credit facility is liable to a fee of 40% of the prevailing 
margin. The Group may elect to prepay all or part of the outstanding loan subject to a 
break fee, by giving five business days’ notice.

All amounts owing to the bank are guaranteed by way of fixed and floating charges over 
the current and future assets of the Group. As such, a composite guarantee has been given 
by all significant subsidiary companies in the UK, US, Germany and Australia.

The provision represents the expected costs of vacating the London property. The provision 
is expected to be fully utilised by December 2024.

The lease liabilities were recognised in the prior year on the signing of the lease agreement 
during the year in accordance with IFRS 16.

14. Called up share capital

Number 
of shares

Nominal 
value 
£’000

Allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2019 – ordinary shares of 25p

79,113,190

19,778

Share options exercised

Shares issued 

At 31 December 2019 – ordinary shares of 25p

Shares issued   

Share options exercised 

—

1,002,436

80,115,626

2,437,628

30,000

—

251

20,029

609

8

At 31 December 2020 – ordinary shares of 25p

82,583,254

20,646

Ordinary shares carry voting rights which are entitled to share in the profits of the 
Company. No dividend was paid in the current year (2019: 0.71p per share, a total of 
£534,000), to shareholders.

15. Reserves 
Share premium
The share premium reserve shows the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of 
the nominal value. 

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of the merger reserve and ESOP reserve.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose on the issuance of shares at a premium on a Group restructure, 
where the premium on issue qualified for merger relief. There has been no movement in 
the year.

ESOP reserve
The ESOP reserve represents the cost of own shares acquired in the Company by the 
Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). The purpose of the EBT is to facilitate and encourage the 
ownership of shares by employees, by acquiring shares in the Company and distributing 
them in accordance with employee share schemes. The EBT may operate in conjunction 
with the Company’s existing share option schemes and other schemes that may apply 
from time to time.

The ESOP trusts were created to award shares to certain employees at less than 
market value. The trusts in aggregate hold unallocated shares costing £1,471,000 
(31 December 2019: £1,471,000) funded by the Company. The sponsoring company is 
responsible for the administration and maintenance of the trust. The number of shares 
held by the trust is 4,201,504 (31 December 2019: 4,201,504), all of which are under option 
to the employees of the Group. As at the statement of financial position date, all of the 
shares in the ESOP had vested (31 December 2019: all had vested).

Retained earnings
The retained earnings reserve shows the cumulative net gains and losses recognised in 
the income statement. For detailed movements on each of the above reserves, refer to 
the statement of changes in equity.

The distributable reserves of the Company total £11,893,000 (31 December 2019: £nil).

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

148

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

for the year ended 31 December 2020

16. Share‑based payments
Full disclosure of share-based payments is included in the consolidated financial statements 
(see note 24 to the consolidated financial statements).

17. Commitments
Capital commitments contracted but not provided for by the Company amount to £nil 
(31 December 2019: £nil). 

18. Contingent liabilities
The Company is subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business 
and provision is made where liabilities are considered likely to arise on the basis of current 
information and legal advice.

19. Related party transactions
Under FRS 101.8(k), the Company is exempt from the requirement to disclose transactions 
with entities that are part of the Ebiquity plc group, or investees of the Group qualifying 
as related parties, as all of the Company’s voting rights are controlled within the Group. 
The Company has no other material related parties. Related party transactions are 
detailed in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Transactions with key management personnel 
FRS 101.8(j) exempts entities from the disclosures in respect of the compensation of key 
management personnel. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

149

Financial statementsAdvisers

Shareholder information

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
1 Embankment Place 
London WC2N 6RH

Nominated adviser and broker
Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited
One New Change 
London EC4M 9AF

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services plc
PO Box 82 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 7NH

Country of incorporation
Ebiquity plc is registered and incorporated in England and Wales 
with registered number 03967525. 

Registered office
Chapter House 
16 Brunswick Place 
London N1 6DZ

Company Secretary
Lorraine Young
lorraine.young@ebiquity.com

Shareholders can sign up to receive emails when the Company makes  
regulatory announcements. Details are on the investor section of the  
Company’s website www.ebiquity.com

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

150

Financial statementsGlossary

AdIntel 

Advertising Intelligence

AIM 

Board 

CEO 

CFOO 

CGUs  

Digital  
Decisions 

Alternative Investment Market

the Board of Directors of Ebiquity plc

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial & Operating Officer

cash-generating units

Digital Decisions B.V.

Ebiquity Italy  Ebiquity Italy Media Advisor S.r.l.

Ebiquity or 
the Company  Ebiquity plc

EBIT  

earnings before interest and tax

EBITDA  

earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

EBT  

EPS  

ESOP  

FMCG 

Employee Benefit Trust

earnings per share

Executive Share Option Plan

fast-moving consumer goods

FRS 101  

Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’

FVOCI 

fair value through other comprehensive income

FVPL 

fair value through profit or loss

the Group  

Ebiquity plc and its subsidiaries

Highlighted   highlighted items comprise non-cash charges and non-recurring  
items 

items which are highlighted in the income statement because separate 
disclosure is considered relevant in understanding the underlying 
performance of the business

IFRS  

IPA  

ISBA  

KPIs  

International Financial Reporting Standards

Institute of Practitioners in Advertising

Incorporated Society of British Advertisers

key performance indicators

LIBOR  

London Interbank Offered Rate

Like‑for‑like   prior year results are adjusted to include the results of recent acquisitions  

as if they had been owned for the same period in the prior year

LTIP  

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Net debt  

long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings less cash and cash equivalents

Nielsen 

Nielsen Media Research Limited

PwC  

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

QCA Code 

Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code

RCF  

ROI 

TSR  

revolving credit facility

return on investment

total shareholder return

UCSOP  

Unapproved Company Share Option Plan

Underlying  
performance  highlighted items

underlying performance refers to the results of operations before 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

151

Financial statements 
  
 
Alternative performance measures

In these results we refer to ‘underlying’ and ‘statutory’ results, as well as other non-GAAP 
alternative performance measures. 

Underlying profit is not recognised under IFRS and may not be comparable with underlying 
profit measures used by other companies. 

Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) used by the Group are:

		 net revenue;

like-for-like revenue growth; 

		 underlying operating profit; 

		 underlying operating margin; 

		 underlying profit before tax; 

		 underlying earnings per share; and 

		 underlying operating cash flow conversion. 

Net revenue is the result when project-related costs, comprising external production costs, 
are deducted from revenue.

Underlying results are not intended to replace statutory results but remove the impact of 
highlighted items in order to provide a better understanding of the underlying performance 
of the business. The above APMs are consistent with how business performance is 
measured internally by the Group. 

Highlighted items comprise non-cash charges and non-recurring items which are 
highlighted in the consolidated income statement as their separate disclosure is 
considered by the Directors to be relevant in understanding the underlying performance 
of the business. The non-cash charges include share option charges and amortisation of 
purchased intangibles. 

The non-recurring items include the costs associated with potential and completed 
acquisitions and disposals, adjustments to the estimates of contingent consideration 
on acquired entities, asset impairment charges, management restructuring and other 
significant one-off items. Costs associated with acquisition identification and early stage 
discussions with acquisition targets are reported in underlying administrative expenses. 

Further details of highlighted items are set out within the financial statements and the 
notes to the financial statements. 

Ebiquity plc  |  Annual report and financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 

152

Financial statements		
The paper used in this report is produced using virgin wood fibre from well-managed, FSC®-certified 
forests and other controlled sources. All pulps used are elemental chlorine free and manufactured at 
a mill that has been awarded the ISO 14001 and EMAS certificates for environmental management. 
The use of the FSC® logo identifies products which contain wood from well-managed forests and 
other controlled sources certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council®.

Printed by an FSC® and ISO 14001 certified company.

Designed and produced by

www.lyonsbennett.com

E

b

i

q

u

i

t

y

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

0

Ebiquity plc
Chapter House 
16 Brunswick Place 
London N1 6DZ

www.ebiquity.com